Technical Mannual Ductile Irone Pipes

XINXING XINXING
PIPES PIPES
Product
Product Technical Manual

Technical Manual

XINXING DUCTILE IRON PIPES CO.,LTD.
xinxing@xinxingpipes.com.cn
The brochure is printed on

WORLD'S LARGEST DUCTILE IRON PIPE MANUFACTUER
environmentally friendly paper
Contents
Company Profile
Chapter I Ductile Iron Pipe Joint

and Anti-corrosion Solution
Chapter II Manufacturing Process

and Quality Control System
Chapter III Requirements

for Storage and Transportation
of Ductile Iron Pipe
Chapter IV Engineering
Design of Water Supply
& Drainage Pipeline
Chapter V Construction,
Installation and Acceptance of
Ductile Iron Pipe
Chapter VI Xinxing Ductile

Iron Fittings and Accesseries
Chapter VII Valves for

Water Supply and Drainage Pipeline
Xinxing Ductile Iron Pipes Technical Manual Xinxing Ductile Iron Pipes Technical Manual
Company Profile Xinxing Ductile Iron Pipes Co., Ltd. is the worlds largest supplier of ductile iron pipes and fittings. The
domestic market share of its pipe products is about 45%, and the export ratio is about 30%. The products
Xinxing Ductile Iron Pipes Co., Ltd., as a subsidiary of Xinxing Cathay International Group Co.,Ltd., adheres have been exported to more than 110 countries and regions around the world, including Middle East,
to the orientation of science and technology, environmental protection, quality and efficiency. At present, America, Africa, Europe, Southeast Asia, etc.
it has grown into a trans-regional and multi-industrial enterprise group integrating such wide industries as Xinxing Ductile Iron Pipes Co., Ltd. is the largest steel bar grating professional production enterprises in
ductile iron pipe, steel and machinery, as well as various areas such as scientific research, production and China. Xinxing gratings possess excellent characteristics such as easy installation, strong and durable,
trade. In 1997, Xinxing was listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange of China and has been selected as the beautiful appearance, easy cleaning, various specifications and combination at will, etc, so the gratings
Top 50 Most Promising Listed Companies for 8 consecutive years since then. Xinxing is primarily engaged are widely used in the fields of chemical industry, power, oil field, construction, transportation, etc. With the
in the centrifugal casting ductile iron pipes and fittings, steel smelting and rolling processing, special steel recent development, Xinxing gratings have been sold to Japan, America, Australia and Singapore and other
pipes, and foundry products, etc. At present, it has grown into an integrated processing enterprise with the countries and regions.
annual output of more than 10 million tons of metal products, including major series, i.e. Xinxing ductile iron Xinxing Ductile Iron Pipes Co., Ltd. has passed British Lloyds certification of ISO 9001 quality management
pipes, Xinxing steel, Xinxing special steel pipes, Xinxing gratings, Xinxing castings, Xinxing steel-plastic system, ISO 14001 environmental management system, GB/T 28001 occupational health and safety
composite pipes, with the annual output of 8.0 million tons of steel, 1.8 million tons of ductile iron pipes, management system, and GB/T 19022 measurement management system. Ductile iron pipes and fittings
40,000 tons of ductile iron fittings, 180,000 tons of special steel pipes, 3,000,000 m steel-plastic composite have passed Italian BV and Chinese BV certification for standards such as EN 545, EN 598, ISO 2531, KS
pipes and 80,000 tons of steel gratings. It has established production bases in Handan of Hebei, Wuhu of D 4311, ABNT NBR 7675, ISO 7186, ISO 8179-1, ISO 8179-2, ISO 4179, NF A 48-851, EN 15189 and EN
Anhui, Bazhou of Xinjiang, Huangshi of Hubei, Taojiang of Hunan, and Chongzhou of Sichuan, etc. 15655; flat steel and wire rods have passed CE certification by British Lloyd's Register Quality Assurance.
6 XINXING PIPES 01
Chapter I
Ductile Iron
Pipe Joint and
Anti-corrosion
Solution
02 XINXING PIPES 03
1.1 Ductile iron pipe wall thickness 7
1.2 T-type joint ductile iron pipe 9
1.2.1 Joint description
1.2.2 Technical parameters
1.3 XT2-type joint ductile iron pipe 11
Chapter I 1.3.2 Technical parameters
1.4 TF Self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe 13
Ductile Iron
1.5 Xanchor self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe 15
Pipe Joint and

1.6 Flange welded joint ductile iron pipe 17
Anti-corrosion
1.7 XTJ ductile iron jacking pipe 18
Solution
1.7.1 Product description
1.8 External anti-corrosion coating 21
1.8.1 Soil aggressivity
1.8.2 Selection of external coating
1.9 Internal lining 32
1.9.1 Evaluation on aggressivity of water for ductile iron pipes
1.9.2 Materials in contact with potable water
1.9.3 Lining selection
1.9.4 Cement mortar lining
1.9.5 Cement mortar lining +epoxy seal coat
1.9.6 Polyurethane lining
1.9.7 Ceramic epoxy lining
1.10 Coating repairs 47
1.10.1 Repairing zinc coating/Zn-Al rare earth alloy coating
1.10.2 Repairing PU coating
1.10.3 Repairing cement mortar lining
1.10.4 Repairing cement lining with epoxy seal coat
1.10.5 Repairing ceramic epoxy(PU)lining
04 XINXING PIPES 05
Ductile iron material features similar mechanical properties with carbon steel, such as high mechanical
1.1 Ductile iron pipe wall thickness
strength and good ductility, and the same anti-corrosion performance as cast iron. Therefore, ductile iron
pipe has gradually become one of the most secure and reliable pipes in the water supply and drainage area Xinxing ductile iron pipes can be graded by the wall thickness class coefficient K or pressure class C.
throughout the world. Standards are as following:
Xinxing Ductile Iron Pipes Co., Ltd. provides ductile iron pipe products ranging from DN80 ~ DN2600 in ISO 2531/ISO 7186
accordance with ISO 2531/ISO 7186 or EN 545/EN 598. Meanwhile, it can provide the most appropriate GB/T 13295, GB/T 26081
joints and internal and external anti-corrosion solutions according to the pipeline laying and using conditions. EN 545/EN 598 and other related standards for ductile iron pipes
For details, see the table below: Note: The wall thickness class coefficient K (or pressure class C) shall be specified in the agreement
between the supplier and the purchaser.
Table 1 Xinxing Ductile Iron Pipes Joint and Anti-corrosion Solutions
Anti-corrosion coating Graded by wall thickness class coefficient K

Joint type Specification range
Internal lining External coating The nominal wall thickness of ductile iron pipe is calculated as a function of nominal diameter DN, and the
calculation formula is as following:
T-type joint DN80~2000
Flexible joint Cement mortar lining Zinc + high chlorinated
XT2-type joint DN80~2600 enom= K(0.5+ 0.001DN)
Cement mortar lining + polyethylene finishing
TF joint DN80~1200 epoxy seal coat layer
Self-anchored joint
Xanchor joint DN1400~2600 Polyurethane lining Zinc+epoxy coating Where: enom Nominal wall thickness(mm)
Rigid Welded flange joint DN80~2000 Ceramic epoxy linning Polyurethane coating DN nominal diameter (mm)
XTJ jacking pipe DN250~2000 K Wall thickness class coefficient, selected from a series of whole numbers ... 9,10,11,12 ...
The minimum nominal wall thickness of centrifugal casting ductile iron pipe is 6mm, and the minimum wall
thickness of non-centrifugal casting ductile iron pipe and fittings is 7 mm; the tolerance on thickness for
pipes and fittings is shown in the table below.
Table 2 Limit Deviation on Nominal Wall Thickness for Pipes and Fittings
Dimensions in millimeters
Type of casting e Limit Deviation

6 -1.3
Pipes centrifugally cast
6 -(1.3+0.001DN)
7 -2.3
Pipes non-centrifugally cast and fittings
7 -(2.3+0.001DN)
Graded by pressure class C
When the ductile iron pipes are classified by pressure class C, its allowable operating pressure is expressed
by Arabic numerals prefixed by the letter C, and its unit is bar. Minimum wall thickness of the pipe is
calculated by the allowable operating pressure.The formula is as following:
06 XINXING PIPES 07
emin= PFA SF DE 1.2 T-type joint ductile iron pipe
20Rm+ PFASF
Where: emin Minimum wall thickness of pip (mm) 1.2.1 Joint description
PFAAllowable operating pressure (bar) Spigot Socket Rubber gasket
SF Safety factor of PFA (SF = 3)

DE External diameter of pipe, (mm)
Rm Minimum tensile strength of ductile iron
pipe, (MPa Rm=420 MPa)
For pipes centrifugally cast, the minimum wall thickness

Figure 1 T-type joint structure
shall not be less than 3mm; for pipes non-centrifugally cast,
the minimum wall thickness shall not be less than 4.7 mm;
Sealing principle
the tolerance on thickness for pipes is shown in table 3.
Structure of T-type joint is shown in Figure 1. During joint installation, the external spigot is extruded on
Specification range for preferred pressure class of C-class
the rubber ring inside the socket.The compression deformation can generate a certain degree of contact
pipes are shown in Table 4.
pressure. And it is the so-called self-sealing action of the rubber ring that keeps the joint tight. The self-
sealing effect means, when the rubber ring is under the fluid pressure, the actual contact pressure on the
rubber ring is the sum of the contact pressure of the pre-compressed rubber ring and the new contact
Table 3 Tolerance on Wall Thickness For
C-class Pipes and Fittings pressure on the rubber ring brought by the fluid pressure. Since the contact pressure is higher than the fluid
Dimensions in millimetres
pressure, so that the joint is well tightened.
Type of casting Tolerance
Joint features
Pipes centrifugally cast +(1.3+0.001DN)
The joint features simple structure, easy installation and sound sealing performance. The positioning of
Pipes non-centrifugally cast and
+(2.3+0.001DN) sealing ring and deflection of joint are taken into consideration during socket structure design. By controlling
fittings
the insertion depth of the spigot, the joint can have certain axial flexibility. Therefore this type of joint is able
to adapt to certain foundation settlement, while long-distance deflection of pipeline can be achieved through
Table 4 Specification Range for Preferred Pressure Class its deflection angle . Joint deflection installation is shown in Figure 2.
of C-class Pipes The rubber ring consists of two parts, i.e. the hard rubber and soft rubber. The hard rubber can support and
Specification range Preferred pressure class align the pipe joints, and greater thrust is needed during installation.
DN80~DN300 C40
T-type Joint is unable to prevent pipe slippage, therefore the concrete
DN350~DN600 C30
blocks to resist the axial forces should be set at the bend of pipeline, or
DN700~DN2600 C25
certain length of self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe should be laid.
Figure 2 Joint deflection
Application field
Pressure/non-pressure water supply (potable water, sewage, etc.) pipeline;
belowground/aboveground laying, and the pipe laying slope does not exceed 20% (aboveground) or 25%
(belowground).
Installation method
Please refer to 5.2.2 T-type joint ductile iron pipe installation
08 XINXING PIPES 09
1.2.2 Technical parameters 1.3 XT2-type joint ductile iron
The main technical parameters of T-type joint ductile iron pipe are shown in Figure 3 and Table 5:
pipe
enom
Spigot Socket Rubber gasket
D
DE
P Lu
Figure 3 T-type joint ductile iron pipe
Table 5 Technical Parameters of T-type Joint Ductile Iron Pipe

1
K9 C-class
DE D P Lu
DN enom PFA enom PFA Figure 4 XT2-type joint
mm mm mm mm
mm bar mm bar
80 98 140 85 6 64 4.4 Sealing principle
100 118 163 88 6 64 4.4 Structure of XT2-type Joint is shown in
125 144 190 91 6 64 4.5
Figure 4. Its sealing principle is similar
150 170 217 94 4 6 64 4.5 40
with that of T-type joint (see 1.2.1 Joint
200 222 278 100 6.3 62 4.7
description - Sealing principle);
250 274 336 105 6.8 54 5.5
300 326 393 110 7.2 49 6.2

Joint features
350 378 448 110 7.7 45 6.3
6000 Similar with T-type joint. As the sealing ring
400 429 500 110 8.1 42 6.5
of XT2-type joint adopts the lip-shaped
450 480 540 120 3 8.6 40 6.9 30
structure, the pipe is subject to less rubber
500 532 604 120 9 38 7.5
seal resistance during installation;
600 635 713 120 9.9 36 8.7
700 738 824 150 10.8 34 8.8
800 842 943 160 11.7 32 9.6 Application field
900 945 1052 175 12.6 31 10.6 The same with T-type joint (see 1.2.1 Joint
1000 1048 1158 185 13.5 30 11.6 description - Application field);
1100 1152 1270 202 14.4 29 12.6
1200 1255 1378 217 2 15.3 28 13.6 25 Installation method

1400 1462 1600 242 17.1 28 15.7 The same with the T-type joint, please refer
1500 1565 1710 253 6000/8150 18 27 16.7 to 5.2.2 T-type joint ductile iron pipe
1600 1668 1821 266 18.9 27 17.7
installation.
1800 1875 2043 297 20.7 26 19.7
2000 2082 2262 319 22.5 26 21.8

1 C-Class pipe of preferred pressure class complying with ISO 2531-2009
10 XINXING PIPES 11
1.3.2 Technical parameters: 1.4 TF Self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe
The main technical parameters of XT2-type joint ductile iron pipe are shown in Figure 5 and Table 6.
enom
Locking ring Welded bead
Gland Rubber gasket
Bolts and nuts
D
DE
P Lu
Figure 5 XT2-type joint ductile iron pipe
Table 6 Technical Parameters of XT2-type Joint Ductile Iron Pipe

1
K9 C-class Figure 6 TF self-anchored joint structure
DE D P Lu
DN enom PFA enom PFA
mm mm mm mm
mm bar mm bar Joint structure
80 98 140 92.5 6 64 4.4 As shown in Figure 6, TF self-anchored joint adopts the T-type joint sealing structure. Compared with T-type
100 118 163 94.5 6 64 4.4 joint, it adds a welded bead on spigot, an open-end locking ring, a special gland and connecting bolts to
150 170 217 100.5 6 64 4.5 provide the joint with good anti-slippage performance. The locking ring and the gland can slide between
5 40
200 222 278 105.5 6.3 62 4.7 each other, so that the joint has certain axial stretching and deflection capability.
250 274 336 105.5 6.8 54 5.5 Working principle
300 326 393 107.5 7.2 49 6.2
The axial thrust forces generated at the bending places and tees of the pressure pipeline will cause the
350 378 448 110.5 7.7 45 6.3
socket and spigot components to have relative displacement. Axial stress generated at spigot is passed on
400 429 500 112.5 6000 8.1 42 6.5
4 to the socket through welded bead, locking ring, gland and connecting bolts, enabling the transmission of
450 480 540 115 8.6 40 6.9 30
axial stress to equip the joint with good anti-slippage performance. When the friction between the restrained
500 532 604 117.5 9 38 7.5
pipeline and its surrounding soil is greater than the axial stress generated inside the pipe, safe operation of
600 635 713 122.5 9.9 36 8.7
the pipeline can be guaranteed, thus avoiding the set-up of concrete block.
700 738 824 147.5 3 10.8 34 8.8
Application field
800 842 943 147.5 11.7 32 9.6
In the following conditions, certain length of pipeline with TF-joints could be applied in order to prevent
900 945 1052 147.5 12.6 31 10.6
2 pipeline slippage:
1000 1048 1158 157.5 13.5 30 11.6
1200 1255 1377 167.5 15.3 28 13.6 1. Places such as bends, tees, reducers and plugs, etc;
1400 1462 1610 245 17.1 28 15.7 2. When the pipeline laying slope exceeds 20% (aboveground) or 25% (belowground);
25
1600 1668 1820 275 18.9 27 17.7 3. When it is uneconomical (such as large-diameter high-pressure pipelines, etc.) or unable to set concrete
1800 1875 2050 285 20.7 27 19.7 buttress, for example:
1.8 6000/8150
2000 2082 2266 290 22.5 26 21.8 A. The construction site is too narrow; there is no space to set up specified concrete block;
2200 2288 2482 328 24.3 25 23.8 B. Construction schedule is tight.
2400 2495 2702 346.5 26.1 25 25.8 Installation method
2600 2702 2921 365 27.9 25 27.9 Please refer to 5.2.5 Installation of ductile iron pipe with Xanchor self-anchored joint
1 C-class pipe of pressure class complying with ISO 25312009.
12 XINXING PIPES 13
1.4.2 Technical parameters 1.5 Xanchor self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe
The technical parameters of TF self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe are shown in Figure 7 and Table 7.
Front stopper
Rear stopper
Rubber supporter
Rubber gasket
enom
D
DE
P Lu
Figure 7 TF self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe

Figure 8 Xanchor Self-anchored Joint structure
Table 7 Technical Parameters of TF Self-anchored Joint Ductile Iron Pipe

Joint structure
K9 Xanchor self-anchored joint, as shown in Figure8, adopts the sealing structure of XT2-type joint. Its socket
DE DGland P Lu
DN enom PFA1
mm mm mm mm is designed to have two annular chambers, i.e. sealed chamber and anchoring chanber. The sealed
mm bar
80 98 243 85 6 chamber is where the sealing ring is set, and the stopper chamber is used to house the self-anchored
100 118 264 88 6 components which are comprised of the front blocks, the rear blocks, the supporting ring and welded bead.
150 170 321 94 6 Working principle

2 30
200 222 375 100 6.3 Working principle of Xanchor joint is quite different from that of the traditional self-anchored joint. The
250 274 433 105 6.8 essential mechnism is to effectively prevent slippage through the two rows of rigid blocks. Meanwhile,
300 326 509 110 7.2 the circular sliding of the front and rear rows of blocks along the stopper chamber provides the joint with
350 378 567 110 7.7 greater flexibility. Compared with other self-anchored joint, Xanchor joint features simpler structure, easier
400 429 591.6 110 6000 8.1 installation, better anti-axial-splippage performance and flexibility.
450 480 675 120 1.5 8.6 Application field
500 532 700 120 9 25
The same with TF joint, please refer to 1.4.1 Joint description Application Field.
600 635 811 120 9.9
Installation method
700 738 935 150 10.8
Please refer to 5.2.6 Xanchor self-anchored joint installation.
800 842 1048 160 11.7
900 945 1158 175 12.6 23

1
1000 1048 1308 185 13.5 22
1100 1152 1420 200 14.4 21

6000/8150
1200 1255 1539 215 15.3 20
1By adjusting the wall thickness class of the pipe and material of connecting bolts, etc., PFA of TF joint can reach 25bar.
Please consult us for detailed technical parameters.
14 XINXING PIPES 15
1.5.2 Technical parameters: 1.6 Flange welded joint ductile iron pipe
The technical parameters of Xanchor self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe are shown in Figure 9 and Table 8:

Sealing gasket
Bolts & nuts
enom
D
DE
P Lu
Figure 9 Xanchor self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe
Table 8 Technical Parameters of Xanchor Self-anchored Joint Ductile Iron Pipe

Figure 10 Flange welded joint structure
K9
DE D P Lu
DN enom PFA1 Sealing principle
mm mm mm mm
mm bar
Structure of Flange-joint is shown in Figure 10. Its sealing is realized through the flanges compressing the
1400 1462 1602 328 1.2 17.1 19
sealing ring, which is achieved by fastening the bolts.
1500 1565 1714 342 1.1 18 18
Joint features and application field
1600 1668 1824 361 1.1 8000 18.9 17
Flange joint is rigid joint with sound sealing performance. It is usually used in the following places, such as
1800 1875 2045 408 1.0 20.7 16
2000 2082 2276 425 0.8 22.5 15

the connection with pumps, valves, fire hydrant as well as crossing foundation, walls and so on.
1 By increasing the wall thickness class of the pipe and material of connecting bolts, etc., PFA of TF joint can reach 25bar.
Please consult us for detailed technical parameters.

Xinxing can provide flange (welded) components ranging from DN80 ~ DN2000. Length of flanged pipe and
the number and position of puddle flange would be customized according to customer requirements. For
detailed product information, please refer to Table 9.
Standards for Flange: ISO 7005-2 or EN 1092-2, for detailed dimensions please refer to:
For centrifugally cast pipes with welded flanges please refer to 6.2 Technical Parameters for Fittings
and Accessories(42);
For welded puddle flange please refer to 6.2 Technical Parameters for Fittings and
Accessories(43);
16 XINXING PIPES 17
Table 9 Flange welded Pipe Catalogue
1.7.1 Product description
Name Symbol Name Symbol

Pipe structure
Double-spigot pipe with XTJ jacking pipe, as shown in Figure 11, is to make a tubular reinforced concrete protective jacket on the
Double flanged pipe
puddle flange
external wall of T-type joint pipe. Theres a jacking flange welded on the spigot of the pipe. During the pipe
Double flanged pipe with Socket-spigot pipe with puddle
jacking, the pushing force is evenly passed from the flange with ribbed plate welded at the spigot to the
puddle flange flange
socket, thus ensuring the pushing operation will not cause deformation of the spigot and will not damage the
Flanged spigot pipe Flanged socket pipe outer protective sleeve;
Application field
Flange spigot pipe with puddle Flanged socket Pipe with
flange Puddle Flange XTJ jacking pipes are applied when the pipeline need to cross obstructions such as roads, railways, rivers
and buildings, while trench excavation is not allowed or difficult to prepare on the construction site.
XTJ jacking pipe adopts T-type flexible joint. It features sound sealing performance, faster installation,
Allowable operating pressure for welded flanged pipes of K9:
more reliable internal and external anti-corrosion coating, and is adaptive to various soil environments and
DN80~DN1200 PN10/PN16/PN25
different transmitted media.
DN1400~DN1600 PN10/PN16
DN1800~DN2000 PN10
1.7 XTJ ductile iron jacking pipe
Flange Spigot
Concrete cement Rubber gasket
Stiffened plate Socket
Figure 11 XTJ ductile iron jacking pipe structure
18 XINXING PIPES 19
1.7.2 Technical parameters 1.8 External anti-corrosion coating
Technical parameters of XTJ jacking pipes are shown in Figure 12 and Table 10;
A
1.8.1 Soil aggressivity
1.8.1.1 Soil aggressivity evaluation

Pipelines buried will be exposed to various corrosive elements, including the aggressive soil and backfilled
D
DE
soil, and soil polarity caused by local topographical and backfilling. Therefore, technicians should familiarize
Lu
themselves with the topographical and geography of the targeted area through topographical map, based
Figure 12 XTJ ductile iron jacking pipe
on which initial analysis shall be formed on the corrosivity of the soil. Then, through on-site examination,
Table 10 Technical Parameters of XTJ Ductile Iron Jacking Pipe further analysis shall be made. Finally, through lab-test of the sample soil, precise judgement will be made.
Dimensions Total Allowable jacking force
DN Wall DE D A Lu weight
thickness kg kN Tonf Data collection
class mm mm mm mm
Collect the topographical information for the area of pipeline burrial, such as the distribution and
4000 518
250 274 344 100 920 94
6000 773 altitudes of level ground, hills, swamp lands, paddy fields, rivers and beaches, soil types of various regions,
4000 639 transitional areas of two different soils and the terrains with great changes. For example, in the dry area in
300 326 399 105 1240 127
6000 953
4000 767 high altitude, the soil tends to be less aggressive; while in damp areas in low altitude such as ponds, lakes,
350 378 450 105 1270 129
6000 1145 marshes and peat beds, the soil tends to be more aggressive due to rich humic acid and anaerobes. In the
4000 907
400 429 504 105 1350 138 river mouths, lowland, marshes, saline and alkaline lands and other regions along the sea, the aggressivity
6000 1353
4000 1046 of soil is probably high.
450 480 553 115 1560 159
6000 1556
Collect potential corrosive elements for the embedded ductile iron pipes along the pipeline, including
4000 1268
500 532 618 115 1910 195 corrosive sewage discharged from livestock farms, wineries, paper mills and other factories, or from local
6000 1890
4000 1626 residence.
600 635 728 115 2720 278
6000 2423
Collect potential disturbing power sources near the pipelines that probably corrode ductile iron pipes,
4000 2281
700 738 853 145 2720 277
6000 3385 such as power plants, substations, HV transmission lines, and other forms of DC and AC interfering power
K9
4000 2661
800 842 959 155 3300 337 sources.
6000 3992
4000 3171 Gather local meteorological data, including maximum and minimum temperature, average temperature
900 945 1067 170 4140 422
6000 4706 per year, soil temperature at the burial depth of ductile iron pipes, soil freezing depth, underground water
4000 3685
1000 1048 1173 180 5080 518 level, rainfall volume and sunlight intensity, etc.
6000 5376
4000 5046 A report shall be issued with information mentioned above for the reference of designers.
1200 1255 1400 210 7240 739
6000 7349
4000 6154
1400 1462 1604 237 9020 920
6000 8963 Site surveys
4000 7749 The selection of site surveys shall be based on following principles:
1600 1668 1825 261 12360 1261
6000 11255
4000 9523 a. At least 2 test points shall be chosen for every soil type;
1800 1875 2047 292 12360 1261
6000 13826 b. For the same type of soil, one test point shall be chosen every 400~500m;
4000 11352
2000 2082 2266 314 16970 1731 c. Test points shall be typical for the topographical features of the area along the pipeline;
6000 16459
A. The jacking pipe with grouting hole can be provided according to customer requirements; d. Mark test points on the general pipeline layout plan to make a soil survey test point distribution plan.
B. We could also supply jacking pipe with other wall thickness class. Please contact us for detailed technical parameters.
20 XINXING PIPES 21
Identify soil texture, color and appearance 1.8.2.1 Zinc+HCPE finishing layer
Investigate the status of underground water and backfill soil Product description
Soil resistivity test: soil resistivity, as an important index of evaluating soil aggressivity, is a Zinc coating used as external protection has proved to be one of the most effective anti-corrosion solutions
comprehensive factor of soil water content and salt content, and reflects soil conductivity. In general, the throughout the world. It can prolong the service life of pipelines. Standard anti-corrosion coating provided
smaller the soil resistivity is, the stronger the soil aggressivity is. AC quadrupole test method is adopted on by Xinxing is metallic zinc coating applied by electric arc (C-class pipe 200g/m2, K-class pipe 130g/m2). A
the site. HCPE finishing layer of at least 70um thickness will be sprayed outside the zinc coating. Structure of such
ORP test (Eh7): oxidation reduction potential is an index that can reflect comprehensively oxidation coating solution is shown in Figure 13. The finishing layer is in porous structure, as shown in Figure 14.
reduction degree, which has a lot to do with the activity of bacteria in the soil. To certain extent, the lower
Finishing layer
Eh7 is, the greater corrosive action of sulphate reducing bacteria on metals is. Therefore, oxidation Metallic zinc
Cast iron pipe
reduction potential can become an index of soil microbiological corrosion under the condition of strong
reducibility.
Laboratory analysis
Laboratory analysis is supplementary to the analysis mentioned above. Chemical analysis conducted in the
laboratory mainly includes the following items:
pH value, total soluble salt, moisture content, soil bulk density, air content, Cl-, SO42-, S2-, microorganisms,
etc. Figure 13 Zinc+HCPE finishing layer
1.8.2 Selection of external coating Anti-corrosion mechanism

Zinc coating is the basic external coating solution provided by Xinxing. It features satisfactory anti-corrosion Active anti-corrosion : Sacrifice zinc anode to protect ductile iron cathode.
performance in most of the soil environments. However, in strong corrosive soil where zinc coating Stable protective layer: Zinc will corrode gradually to generate insoluble zinc salt in the process of
would not be enough, PE sleeve will be used as additional anti-corrosive coating; or special coatings and contacting with environmental soil, which will tightly adhere to the pipe walls so as to form a layer of
other strong anti-corrosion methods shall be taken to protect the pipelines. Xinxing can help customers continuous, tight and insoluble protective film that is impermeable.
design cost-effective external anti-corrosion solutions for pipelines that can fulfill requirements of the soil
environment. Table 11 is a proposed anti-corrosion coating solution based on different corrosion levels of
Pore-sealer Zinc Ductile iron pipe wall
the soil.
Table 11 External Coating Solution for Soils at Different Corrosion Levels
Corrosion level Pipelines
generality (most of the soil belongs to this level) Zinc+HCPE finishing layer
Figure 14 Porous structure of the coating solution of Zinc+HCPE finishing layer
Zn-Al rare earth alloy + blue epoxy coating
corrosive
Zinc + HCPE finishing layer + PE sleeve
highly corrosive special coating (PU coating) The porous finishing layer sprayed on zinc coating also plays an important role. It is good for cathodic
protection and self-healing, and also for converted products of zinc to generate stable and tight insoluble
protective film.
22 XINXING PIPES 23
Self-healing of damaged zinc coating: Some pipes may be locally damaged probably during transportation Epoxy coating
Zn-Al rare earth alloy
or installation. Zinc will transform into zinc ion rapidly under the action of primary cells. Zinc ion can migrate
Cast iron pipe
through pores of finishing layer and cover the damaged portions, generating stable and insoluble protective Cement mortar lining
layer, as shown in Figure 15.
Zinc corrosion products

Current
Zn++ ions
Pores of finishing layer

Metallic zinc coating
Cast iron
Damage
Figure 16 Zn-Al rare earth alloy + blue epoxy coating
Figure 15 Anti-corrosion mechanism

In short, zinc coating plays an important role of anti-corrosion: on one hand, it will generate tight insoluble Active anti-corrosion: Just like pure zinc, Zn-Al rare earth alloy is also a kind of active anti-corrosion
protective film which will adhere to pipe walls, thereby reducing electrochemical corrosion to great extent; coating.
on the other hand, the anti-corrosion performance of zinc coating and finishing layer also is reflected on Stable protective layer: Being similar with zinc coating, a layer of continuous, impermeable and insoluble
their mutual action. There is excellent adhesiveness between zinc and cast iron & zinc and finishing layer, protective film that is hardly penetrated forms on ductile iron pipe walls. Aluminum in the alloy features
forming a complete protective screen between pipe and the external environment, and preventing anti- inactivation, and it can reduce the consumption rate of zinc even in the soil with high corrosivity; the addition
corrosion failure. of a small amount of rare earth element (Re) can purify the coating structure to reduce active points of the
Application field surface during the coating corrosion; it can also refine the crystal grains and reduce porosity of the coating
This kind of coating is applicable to most of the soil environments with slight aggressivity. so as to compact the coating structures, thereby reducing the corrosion passages, as shown in Figure 17.
Standards:
ISO 2531, ISO 8179, GB /T 13295, GB/T 17456, EN 545 Blue epoxy Zn-Al rare earth alloy Ductile iron pipe wall
1.8.2.2 Zn-Al rare earth alloy + blue epoxy coating

Product description
Zn-Al rare earth alloy (i.e. add trace amount of rare earth element in 85Zn15Al) is sprayed on the surface
of ductile iron pipes by electric arc with the coating mass of 400g/m2; epoxy coating (at least 100m in Figure 17 Porous structure of the coating solution of Zn-Al rare earth alloy + blue epoxy coating
thickness) is sprayed on the alloy coating so as to form active anti-corrosion coating. Coating structure is
shown in Figure 16.
24 XINXING PIPES 25
Zn-Al rare earth alloy coating features self-healing effect just like coating zinc. 1.8.2.3 Polyurethane coating
Product description:
Advantages of Zn-Al rare earth alloy coating PU coating of ductile iron pipe and fitting is formed by the PU material sprayed and cured on the surface
Due to the addition of rare earth, Zn-Al rare earth alloy coating features the following advantages compared of pipe/fitting that is bi-component, solvent-free and 100% solid. This kind of coating has excellent anti-
with Zn-Al alloy coating: corrosion performance, high impact resistance and wearing resistance, which is applicable to the soil with
very strong aggressivity and all other types of the soil.
Reinforcement effect
With strong chemical activity, rare earth element can react with many elements in Zn-Al alloy to generate Coating structure is shown in Figure 18
intermetallic compounds with strong hardness. Distributed in crystal boundary in a mesh pattern, these
compounds can hinder creep slip, thereby improving the hardness and wear-resistant property of alloy
Epoxy coating PU coating
coating to prolong the service life significantly.
Ductile iron pipe wall
Refining effect
During solidification of the coating, rare-earth element can reduce the surface tension of plating solution
to increase the crystal core so as to refine the crystalline grains. Such fine eutectic structures can prevent
the extension of cracks, even the structures and eliminate bare spots on the surface of coating. This is
the important mechanism of rare earth to improve the plasticity and flexibility of the coating, and it is also a
special feature of the rare-earth alloy coating.
Anti-corrosion performance
Re element can refine microstructure of the coating and reduce its porosity. Meanwhile, it can strengthen
Zn-Al alloy coating. Therefore, addition of a small amount of Re element can further improve the anti- Figure 18 External PU coating
corrosion performance of Zn-Al alloy coating.

Coating thickness is as specified in Table 12
Application field Table 12 Thickness of External PU Coating
Zn-Al rare earth alloy coating is an enhanced anti-corrosion solution. It is applicable to the soil with strong Dimensions in micrometers
aggressivity (i.e. soil with low resistivity, soil influenced by underground water or mixed soil), where PE Location Adopted material Average thickness Minimum thickness
sleeve is not needed, except the following situations: pipe body PU coating 900 700
socket and spigot epoxy coating 250 200
Acid peat soil;
Soil containing garbage, oxide skin and slag, or soil polluted by waste water and industrial effluent;
Requirements for material
Soil below the sea level and with resistivity less than 500cm. PU coating: complying with EN 15189.
When applied to the soil types listed above, including the one with stray current, other type of external
Epoxy coating: complying with EN 14901 and certified by WRAS for BS 6920.
coatings (such as PU coating) will be recommended.
Specification range
Standards: Xinxing can provide products ranging from DN80 ~ DN2600.
ISO 2531, GB /T 13295 and EN 545
26 XINXING PIPES 27
Additional protection
For the soil with very strong aggressivity, proper additional protection shall be made for the joints during
installation of pipelines, e.g. application of external heating shrink sleeve.
Properties of PU coating are shown in Table 13
Table 13 Properties of External PU Coating
No. Test item Requirement
Less than 15% weight increase after immersion in 50 deionzed water

Water resistance
Less than 2% weight loss after drying
1
Less than 10% weight increase after immersion in 10% H2SO4 for 100 days
Chemical resistance
The weight change4% after drying.
8 J/ mm of PU on the pipe body coated with polyurethane,the PU coating

2 Impact strength
shall be free from damage.
3 Indentation hardness Under 10Mpa pressure, the depth of indentation<10 %
4 Elongation at break 2.5%
8 2
5 Specific coating resistance 10 m
Advantages of PU coating
The ratio (resistance after 100 days)/ With strong mechanical strength, rock impact resistance and soil stress resistance, it can hardly be
6 0.8
(resistance after 70 days)
damaged during handling and installation.
7 Non-porosity When tested with 4.2kV voltage,the PU coating shall be free from porosity.
Due to good water resistance and zero anti-permeability coefficient, the coating wont suffer from shellfish
8 Hardness Shore D>70 erosion when applied in the marine environment for a long time.
9 Adhesion Adhesion11 MPa at 23 Due to its good performance in chemical resistance and electric corrosion resistance, ductile iron pipes
with PU coating can be applied to complicated soil environment, with prolonged life span.
Application field
Pipes and fittings with PU coating can be applied to the soil environment with very strong aggressivity and
all other types of soil listed below:
Humid regions such as harbor and marshes;

Hydrous area that is salty and alkaline etc.
Standards:
ISO 2531, GB /T 13295, GB/T 24596, EN 545 and EN 15189
28 XINXING PIPES 29
1.8.2.4 Polyethylene sleeve
Product description:
PE sleeve is the Polyethylene or a mixture of polyethylene and/or ethylene and olefin copolymers sleeve (film)
with thickness of 0.2mm that is wrapped on external walls of the pipe on the construction site. It can prevent
direct contact between cast iron pipes and the soil. Meanwhile, it also prevents underground moisture from
corroding the pipelines. It is used to supplement the basic pipe coating (metalic Znic + HCPE finishing layer)
in certain case of highly corrosive soils or in the presence of stray current.
Requirements for material

The properties of polyethylene sleeve listed in table 14:
Table 14 Properties for PE Sleeve (film)
Test item Test result Test standard
Thickness(m) 200 ISO 8180
Material density(kg/m )
3
910~935 ISO 1183-1
Impact resistance(g) 900 ISO 7765-1 Method A
Tensile strength(MPa) 20 ISO 527-3 Type 2
Elongation(%) 500 ISO 527-3 Type 2
Propagation and tear resistance/(N) 20 ISO 6383-2
Specification range
This kind of anti-corrosion coating is applicable to ductile iron pipes of all sizes.
Anti-corrosion mechanism
The anti-corrosion mechanisms for PE sleeve (film) wrapped outside zinc coating are as following:
First of all, PE sleeve can separate the pipelines from corrosive soil and inhibit the generation of
electrochemical cell. At the same time, it can also isolate stray current.
The PE sleeve is a kind of anti-corrosion method whose performance is achieved through the changing
of corrosive environment: it can change the corrosive environment from non-homogeneous soil with strong
aggressivity into one that is homogeneous with weak aggressivity.
Application fields
It is suggested to adopt this kind of protective layer for corrosive soil, for example:
Soil with low resistivity (with indicator of high aggressivity);

Regions with stray current;
Regions with high chlorine or sulphur content or active bacteria indicated by the analysis.
Standards:
ISO 2531, ISO 8180 and GB /T 13295
30 XINXING PIPES 31
1.9 Internal lining Usually, various types of water are available to be supplied. Sometimes, it is water with low mineral content
(e.g. soft water), which may attack the materials just like corrosive or aggressive water.
The internal lining of ductile iron pipes must be equipped with excellent hydraulic and anti-corrosion Xinxing can provide ductile iron pipes with various internal linings, which are applicable for the conduction
performance. Factors such as corrosivity, flow speed and environment temperature of the conveyed fluid of various types of water; based on the features of delivered water, proper lining materials (such as cement
have to be taken into consideration while choosing the pipe lining. Surface smoothness is also one of the mortar lining, cement mortar lining with epoxy seal coat, PU lining, or ceramic epoxy lining) shall be chosen
features that to be taken into consideration. through calculation and analysis.
Adopted for the delivery of potable water, the anti-corrosion lining of ductile iron pipes should be nontoxic.
This is the most basic requirement for the choice of lining. 1.9.2 Materials in contact with potable water
The materials in contact with potable water shall not influence water quality.
While adopted for sewerage delivery, the anti-corrosion performance that features microorganism resistance
All above materials adopted by Xinxing for ductile iron pipes have passed the WRC-NSF test of BS6920 of
and liquid erosion resistance becomes very important for the lining. And it is those linings with high abrasion
the U.K. and WRAS certification, which proves that these materials can be used for the delivery of portable
resistance and strong acid resistance (especially sulfuric acid resistance) that can provide long-term,
water.
reliable protection for the pipes.
Lining materials for ductile iron pipes provided by Xinxing are listed in Table 15.
Table 15 Lining Materials
Material Application Area

Cement mortar lining Linings of ductile iron pipe and fitting
Solvent-free PU Special linings for ductile iron pipe and fitting
Water borne epoxy coating Seal coat
Epoxy coating Socket and spigot of pipes with special coating
Rubber gasket Sealing rings for joints of pipes and fittings
1.9.1 Evaluation on aggressivity of water for ductile iron pipes
Corrosivity of water
Water can be divided into corrosive water (propersity to attack exposed metal) and aggressive water 1.9.3 Lining selection
As per the corrosivity of delivered water, anti-corrosion linings of the ductile iron pipes and fittings provided
(propersity to attack cement mortar lining).
by Xinxing can be divided into three categories:
Corrosive water
Standard lining: Applicable for most raw water and portable water;
Corrosive water refers to water that corrodes the metal of pipe without lining. Oxygen contained in most of
Reinforced anti-corrosion lining: Applicable for water which can attack ordinary cement (soft water,
the water can react chemically with iron, which causes its oxidization, generating nodules and tuberculation
slightly acidic water or highly abrosive water);
on internal pipe wall. It will reduce the pipe cross section and significantly cause water head losses
increasing over time. This phenomenon often happens in the old pipe without cement mortar lining. Special lining: Applicable for very special cases or corrosive water (e.g. industrial discharged water)
Xinxing will recommend proper internal linings based on water composition analysis. Table 16 summarizes
Aggressive water
the types of anti-corrosion linings of Xinxing.
Aggressive water is the water that corrodes calcareous materials (such as cement). Based on chemical
analysis, three results will be caused by the changes in mineral content, pH value and temperature of the
water:
Table 16 Types of Lining
Under the given temperature, the water with calcium-carbon balance will neither cause attack nor calcium-
Lining type Lining material
carbon deposition.
Standard lining Portland cement mortar lining
Scale deposition water tends to generate calcium salt deposition (e.g. calcium carbonate) on the internal
High-alumina cement mortar lining
surface of pipe.
Enhanced lining Sulphur resistant cement mortar lining
Aggressive water can attack the cement mortar containing calcium (e.g. lime, calcium carbonate, or
Cement mortar lining + seal coat
aluminum silicate, etc.).
Special lining PU, ceramic epoxy lining
According to the relevant international standards, potable water can be neither corrosive nor aggressive.
32 XINXING PIPES 33
1.9.4 Cement mortar lining Features of cement mortar lining
Product description Self-healing
Cement mortar lining of ductile iron pipes is applied through centrifugal application method: On contraction of the lining,the formation of cracks and radial displacements cannot be avoided,these
When pipes are rotating on the lining machine, certain amount of cement mortar is poured into the pipes. cracks and radial displacements together with other isolated cracks which may result from manufacture
Through high-speed revolution under the centrifugal force, such cement mortar will fully cling to the or may develop during transportation,storage or laying,but these cracks shall not be detrimental to the
internal surface of pipe, forming a dense and smooth lining with uniform thickness, which can provide mechanical stability of the lining.
good mechanical properties after curing for certain amount of time. Thickness of cement mortar lining shall When the pipe with cement mortar lining contact water, these cracks and radial displacement will be closed
comply with specifications in Table 17. and healed along with expansion of the linings and continuous hydration of cement; therefore, the anti-
corrosion effect wont be influenced.
Table 17 Thickness of Cement Mortar Lining
Good mechanical property
Lining thickness
DN Nominal thickness Minimum thickness at one point Expansion coefficient
mm mm
The linear thermal expansion coefficient of cement mortar lining is 12 x 10-6/ , which is almost equal to
80300 3 2
that of ductile iron (11 x 10-6/ ). Therefore, it can reduce the risk of crack generation due to difference of
350600 5 3
thermal expansion coefficients.
7001200 6 3.5
Good adherence and anti-vacuum performance
14002000 9 6
Good resistance to longitudinal bending and to ovality
22002600 12 7
Good resistance to vibration and impact
The value above complying with ISO 4179
With excellent abrasion resistance, cement mortar lining can be used to convey raw water with highly
abrasive particles
Requirements for materials Excellent hydraulic performance
Different types of cement can be chosen for the Xinxing adopts centrifugal processing technology for its production of ductile iron pipes with cement mortar
cement mortar lining of ductile iron pipe on the basis linings, which contributes to the linings smoothness. According to the test of Testing Center of China
of delivered water, such as ordinary cement (silicate, Institute of Water Resources and Hydropower Research, the equivalent roughness K of such lining is
Portland), sulphur resistant cement (including slag 0.030mm. Taking into consideration of the roughness caused by fittings, valves and other devices, as well
cement), and high-alumina cement. 1.8 Fe3O4 as the tolerance, it is suggested that the value of K selected as 0.10mm for the design purpose.
Anti-corrosion mechanism b Application fields
potential V(S.H.E)
As an active anti-corrosion coating, cement mortar 1.0 Fe 3+

Table 18 shows the substances that can be conveyed by various cement mortar linings.
lining possesses long-term anti-corrosion effect. 0.6 Ductile iron pipe with common silicate cement mortar lining is applicable for water-supply project;
Fe2+
c
The anti-corrosion mechanism is that cement Ductile iron pipe with sulphur resistant cement mortar lining is applicable for water supply project and
a (cor Fe2O3
rosio
mortar lining can release alkaline substance upon 0 n) (passivation)
-0.2
water transmission project with water quality listed in Table 18;
its contact with water. Such substance will gather d Ductile iron pipes with high-alumina cement mortar lining are applicable for the conduction of sewages
-0.6 Fe3 O
on internal surface of ductile iron pipe, resulting in
4
and industrial wastewater containing certain chemical substances. Nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) gasket
its passivation, so as to provide electrochemical Fe HFeO2-
(immunity) will be used as accessories for sewage pipelines.
protection for base material, as shown in Figure -1.4
19. Therefore, this kind of lining mainly relies upon
-2 0 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
its alkaline environment to passivate internal wall PH
of ductile iron pipe, so as to achieve corrosion Figure 19 Potential-pH diagram of Fe/H2O
system (Peurbax diagram)
resistance.
34 XINXING PIPES 35
Table 18 Conveyable Substances of Different Cement Mortar Linings 1.9.5 Cement mortar lining +epoxy seal coat
Sulphur resistant cement High-alumina cement mortar
Water properties Silicate cement mortar lining
mortar lining lining 1.9.5.1 Product description
pH 6 5.5 4 As shown in Figure 20, cement mortar lining with epoxy seal coat is formed by the curing of water borned
epoxy spayed on the surface of cement mortar lining. Generally, the thickness of epoxy seal coat around
Corrosive CO2(mg/l) 7 15 unlimited
70um except for special requirements. With excellent anti-corrosion performance, this kind of lining can
SO42-(mg/l) 400 3000 unlimited
ensure the delivered water against pollution.
Mg2+(mg/l) 100 500 unlimited
NH4+(mg/l) 30 30 unlimited
Standards:
ISO 2531, ISO 7186, ISO 4179, GB /T 13295, GB /T 26081, GB /T 17457, EN 545 and EN 598
Lining structure
Finish coating
Zinc
Cement mortar lining
Epoxy seal coats
Figure 20 Cement mortar lining +epoxy seal coat
36 XINXING PIPES 37
Requirements for material 1.9.5.3 Product features
Material of seal coat: pass WRCNSF sanitary test of BS6920 and WRAS certification. Excellent corrosion resistance
Specification range With combined performance of active and passive anti-corrosion, in case epoxy seal coat is damaged or
Xinxing can provide DN80~DN2600 full range of products some voids exist in the seal coat, cement mortar lining can provide active anti-corrosion protection, thus
Certification enabling the coating solution with long-term corrosion resistance performance.
In compliance with requirements of ISO 16132:2004, it can prevent pH value from increasing in the initial With excellent alkali resistance, it can withstand the alkaline environment of cement mortar linings in long
period of water introduction and prolong service life of the lining, thus guarantee water quality. We have run; with excellent acid resistance, it can withstand the erosion of delivered water (e.g. weak acidic water).
obtained BV certification on this standard. Inhibit precipitation of alkaline substances
After 3-months closed cyclic test conducted under conditions of 6 bar pressure and 2m/s flow velocity, the
1.9.5.2 Anti-corrosion mechanism pH of the test water is far less than 9.5 as required by ISO 16132 (Figure 22 below shows testing procedure
Anti-corrosion mechanism for cement mortar lining with epoxy seal coat and testing apparatus ).
Structure of cement mortar lining with epoxy seal coat is shown in Figure 21. Ductile iron pipes with cement The result of short-term sealing performance test is around 8.2, which is far less than the requirement of
mortar lining plus epoxy seal coat combine active anti-corrosion with passive anti-corrosion. On one pH9.5 specified by ISO 16132.
hand, epoxy seal coat provides a physical barrier for internal wall of ductile iron pipe, which can reduce
5 8
water contacting with or isolate water from the internal wall of ductile iron pipe, namely passive corrosion
resistance;on the other hand, this kind of lining can also slow down or stop releasing alkaline substances
10
from the cement mortar into water, so it can ensure alkaline substancess enrich on internal wall of ductile 1 11
9 12
iron pipe, and thereby provide chemical protection by means of passivation, namely active corrosion
3 4 13
resistance. In this way, long-term corrosion resistance can be provided for this lining.
2 14
Stop or slow down releasing alkaline substances from the cement mortar 7 6
Epoxy seal coat a
Cement lining Ca(OH)2 Ca(OH)2 Ca(OH)2 Ca(OH)2 Ca(OH)2

Figure 22 Sealing performance test
Safe and environmental friendly

The epoxy seal coat doesnt contain any organic solvent, thus wont pollute the environment or cause harm
Figure 21 Structure of cement mortar lining with epoxy seal coat
to constructors;
The seal coat is non-toxic after curing, neither polluting water nor producing substances harmful to peoples
health.
It has passed British WRAS sanitary property test of BS6920.
The water-bored epoxy coating is compatible with drinking water and has passed WRC-NSF Sanitary test of
BS 6920 and WRAS certification.
38 XINXING PIPES 39
Friction reducing affect Lining structure
Cement mortar lining with epoxy seal coat is smoother than cement mortar lining, which can reduce the Metallic zinc
friction resistance. Xinxing has entrusted an authorized testing organization to test roughness coefficient Cast iron pipe
PU lining
of ductile iron pipes with cement mortar lining epoxy seal coat, and the result shows that its roughness
Epoxy coating
coefficient of K is 0.020mm, which is lower than K of cement mortar lining (K=0.03mm).
1.9.5.4 Application field

It is applicable for branch pipelines with small diameter,for example, the small- diameter pipeline network in
small towns where the water tends to stay in the pipelines for longer time;
It is in compliance with green, low-carbon and environment-friendly development direction of ductile iron
pipe industry;
It can be upgraded product to replace the traditional ductile iron pipe with cement mortar lining.
1.9.5.5 Standards
Figure 23 Ductile iron pipe with PU lining
Applicable standards for ductile iron pipes and fittings: ISO 2531, GB/T 13295 and EN 545
Applicable standard for seal coat of ductile iron pipe with cement lining: ISO 16132
Lining thickness
The thickness of PU lining varies with water quality and pipe diameter. The thickness of the linings are
shown in Table 19 and Table 20:
1.9.6 Polyurethane lining Table 19 Lining Thickness of Pipes and Fittings Applied to Portable Water Delivery as Required in ISO 2531
Socket and spigot
Socket and spigot
1.9.6.1 Product description Pipe body without contacting with
(contacting with water)
water
PU lining of ductile iron pipe and fitting is formed by the PU material sprayed and cured on the surface of DN
Minimum Average Minimum
pipe/fitting bodies that is bi-component, solvent-free system. This kind of lining has excellent anti-corrosion Average Minimum thickness
thickness thickness thickness
thickness m m
performance and wearing resistance, as well as high impact resistance specific to various transmission m m m
mediums (such as portable water, wastewater, softened water, municipal sewage, and industrial 80~200 1300
800 300 250 150
wastewater), which is applicable to all water supply projects and municipal sewage drainage projects from 200 1500
soft water to hard water.

Table 20 Lining Thickness of Pipes and Fittings Applied to Sewage Water Delivery as Required in ISO 7186
Socket and spigot

Socket and spigot
Pipe body without contacting with
(contacting with water)
water
DN
Minimum Average Minimum
Average Minimum thickness
thickness thickness thickness
thickness m m
m m m
80~200 1300 800
250~700 1500 800

300 250 150
700~1000 1800 1000
1000 2000 1000
40 XINXING PIPES 41
Requirements for material Stability of PU lining
PU coating: complying with EN 15655, passing WRCNSF test of BS6920 and obtaining WRAS PU lining of ductile iron pipe produced by Xinxing can provide excellent chemical stability and ageing
Certification. resistance: the increased weight of coating wont exceed 4% after its immersion in 50 distilled water for
Epoxy coating: complying with EN 14901, passing WRC-NSF test of BS6920 and obtaining WRAS 180 days; the adhesion of PU lining is greater than 8MPa after it is exposed outdoor for 6 months.
Certificate. Good flexibility
Specification range PU lining also has good flexibility, which can withstand the impact and deformation from transportation,
Xinxing can provide DN100~DN2600 full range of products installation or overload with deformation (ovalisation) in compliance with requirement of ISO 2531.
Certification With smooth surface, it features small friction and excellent hydraulic performance. Xinxing has
PU linings of ductile iron pipes produced by Xinxing comply with requirements of GB/T 24596 and BS EN entrusted authorized testing organization to test roughness coefficient of K of ductile iron pipes with PU
15655 and have passed BV certification. linings, and the test result is 0.010mm. Considering roughness arising from fittings, valves and other
devices, as well as tolerance, it is suggested that K value shall be 0.050mm for the design purpose.
1.9.6.3 Properties of PU lining

PU lining produced by Xinxing complys with requirements of GB/T 24596 and BS EN 15655, as shown in
Table 21.
Table 21 Technical Requirements for PU Lining
No. Test item Technical requirement
Less than 15% weight increase after immersion in 50

Water resistance deionized water for 100 days.
Less than 2% weight loss after drying
1
Less than 10% weight increase after immersion in 50 10%
Chemical resistance sulfuric acid for 100 days.
The weight change4% after drying
Impacted with energy E with the minimum value of 50J/mm, the PU lining shall be free
2 Indirect impact strength
from damage.
DN Ovality of pipe
1.9.6.2 Product features 100~250 2%~4%
3 Ovality resistance 300~600 3%~6%
As a passive anti-corrosion coating, the effectiveness 700~2000 4%~8%
of PU lining depends on its sustainability, adhesion and The coating shall be free from damage.
stability over time. 4 Elongation at break 2.5%
Continuity and sealing performances of PU linings: Resistance of coating in

5 108m2
0.1M NaCl solution
Holiday test must be conducted for each ductile iron pipe
Ratio of 100d
with PU lining produced by Xinxing under the testing 6 0.8
resistance/70d resistance
voltage of 6kV, which is higher than 4kV as specified in 7 Resistance to light ageing Adhesion8 MPa after the lining is exposed outdoor for 6 months.
BS EN 15655, so as to guarantee the sustainability of PU When average thickness of the lining1500m, No breakdown with Holiday detector
linings. at 3.0kv;
8 Non-porosity When average thickness of the lining>1500m,
PU lining can provide excellent adhesion, where
No breakdown with Holiday detector at 4.0kv.
Xinxing requires that it shall be no less than 11MPa at
9 Hardness Shore D>70
23 ;
10 Adhesion At 20 , adhesion11 MPa
11 Abrasion resistance The wearing depth of the lining0.2mm after 100000 movements (50000 cycles)
42 XINXING PIPES 43
1.9.6.4 Application field Lining thickness
Ductile iron pipes with PU linings can be used to deliver water as follows: In order to ensure overall corrosion resistance of the pipe lining, the thickness of ceramic epoxy lining and
all types of portable water, sewage water with pH 1~13 and industrial water shown in Table 22: coating of socket and spigot shall comply with requirements in the table 23:
Table 22 Characteristics of Water Conveyed Table 23 Thickness of Ceramic Epoxy Lining
Transmitted medium pH of transmitted medium Dimensions in micrometers
Portable water 1~13

Socket and spigot (epoxy coating)
Sewage water 1~13
Pipe body (ceramic epoxy) Area without contacting
Industrial water 13 Area contacting with water
with water
Minimum thickness Minimum thickness Minimum thickness
Soft water or pure water, such as water desalted from seawater. 1000 250 150
Maximum temperature of the substances transmitted by such lining is 45 .
Routine test
1.9.6.5 Standard
Adhesion test: Ceramic epoxy lining possesses excellent adhesion. Xinxings requirement on adhesion
Applicable standards for ductile iron pipe and fitting: ISO 2531, ISO 7186, GB /T 13295, GB /T 26081, EN
for such lining10MPa at 23.
545 and EN 598
Thickness test: Thickness test shall be conducted for each product.
Applicable standards for PU lining of ductile iron pipe: GB/T 24596 and EN 15655
Non-porosity: Each ductile iron pipe with ceramic epoxy lining shall be subject to holiday test under
3kv, so as to ensure the continuity of epoxy ceramic lining.
1.9.7 Ceramic epoxy lining Requirements for material

Ceramic epoxy is bi-component and solvent-free paint with ceramic fillers added at least 20% in volume;
1.9.7.1 Product description Metallic zinc such fillers consist of quartz powder and aluminum oxide powder with different size proportion so as to
Cast iron pipe
The ceramic epoxy lining of ductile iron pipe and fitting Ceramic epoxy lining
provide a hard and wearable ceramic lining.
is formed by the ceramic epoxy paint sprayed on the Specification range
Epoxy coating
surface of pipe/fitting bodies that is bi-component, Xinxing can provide DN100~DN2600 full range of products.
solvent-free system. The thickness of the lining1000um.
Ceramic epoxy coating contains ceramic fillers at least 1.9.7.2 Product features
20% in volume, so this kind of the lining has excellent With excellent anti-corrosion performance and abrasion resistance, the coating is featured as compact
anti-corrosion performance and abrasion resistance and tough;
performance, as well as good anti-corrosion and abrasion The coating surface is smooth as the mirror with small friction and excellent hydraulic performance. It
resistance performance to various transmission mediums is suggested to take K as 0.050mm for design purpose;
(such as municipal sewage and industrial wastewater), The coating is solvent-free, without volatile solvent released during usage, so it complies with safety
which is applicable to municipal sewage discharge Figure 24 Ductile Iron Pipes with ceramic epoxy lining and environmental protection requirements.
projects.
Lining structure 1.9.7.3 Properties of linings
Table 24 shows the properties of ductile iron pipe with ceramic epoxy lining produced by Xinxing:
44 XINXING PIPES 45
Table 24 Properties Ceramic Epoxy Lining 1.10 Coating repairs
Item Performance requirement Test method
Abrasion depth after 100,000 movements
0.075mm ISO 7186
1.10.1 Repairing Zinc coating + HCPE finishing layer/Zn-Al rare earth alloy + epoxy
(or 50,000 cycles)
coating
5J no damage of the coating can be found during
Impact resistance ISO 6272-1 Repair such coatings consists of two steps:
the visual inspection
Water vapor permeability 30d 0.00 ASTM E96 method A Step 1: Repairing zinc coating/Zn-Al rare earth alloy coating
No blistering on the coating, no decrease for Step 2: Repairing blue epoxy coating or HCPE finishing layer
ISO 7253
Salt spray resistance (scratch), 5% 30d adhesion, and no spreading of corrosion at
ISO 4628
scratches.
Distilled water (70 ) No changes of the coating for 4 weeks
1.10.1.1 Repairing Zinc coating/Zn-Al rare earth alloy coating
Chemical 25% NaOH (60 ) No changes of the coating for 4 weeks
ISO 4628 evaluation
resistance 20% H2SO4 No changes of the coating for 4 weeks
Tap water (scratch)(50 ) no spreading of corrosion at scratches for 4 weeks Equipment required
brush
Adhesion 10MPa ISO 4624
paint brushes
Coating thickness 1000um ISO 2808 roller
gas torch
Non-porosity 3KV NACE PR0188
Repairing paint:
Zinc-rich primer:10kg
1.9.7.4 Application field

It is applicable to municipal sewage and industrial wastewater discharge projects containing higher amount
of solid particles.
Procedures
Brush to remove dirt
1.9.7.5 Standard
Applicable standards for ductile iron pipes and fittings: ISO 7186, GB/T 26081 and EN 598
The temperature of surface to be repaired shall be 5 above the dew point at

least. In case that the surface is wet or the ambient temperature is very low, the
surface can be heated by gas torch so as to keep it dry and at least 5 above
the dew point.
According to the requirements in Zinc-Rich Primer Product Specification
provided by the supplier, the paint shall be mixed in proportion evenly and
brushed on the surface to be repaired. The coating thickness shall reach at
least 200g/m2 (When the coating is Zn-Al rare earth alloy, the thickness shall be
equivalent to the weight of Zn-Al rare earth alloy coat). The coating appearance
shall be smooth without bubble, void or other defect.
46 XINXING PIPES 47
1.10.1.2 Repairing blue epoxy coating /HCPE finishing layer
1.10.2 Repairing PU coating
Equipment required
Equipment required
brush
wire brush
paint brushes
paint brushes
roller
spatula
gas torch
chisel
Repairing materials:
rotary wire brush
Blue epoxy paint - used to repair Zn-Al rare earth alloy + epoxy coating
gas torch
HCPE anticorrosion paint - used to repair zinc coating + HCPE finishing layer
Repairing materials
SPUA-R300 solvent-free PU paint
Procedures
Procedures Remove the damaged coating and its surrounding coat
Brush to remove dirt with poor adherence by knife or other tools and remain
the coat with sound adhesion and no defect. Clean the
surface of ductile iron with a motor wire brush or other
tool until its surface reaches St3. Brush away debris and
dust to keep the repair-to-be surface clean.
The temperature of surface to be repaired shall be 5 above the dew point at

least. In case that the surface is wet or the ambient temperature is very low, the
surface can be heated by gas torch so as to keep it dry and at least 5 above The temperature of surface to be repaired shall be 5
the dew point. above the dew point at least. In case that the surface is
According to the requirements in product specification provided by the paint wet or the ambient temperature is very low, the surface
supplier, the paint shall be mixed in proportion evenly, and brushed on the can be heated by gas torch so as to keep it dry and at
surface to be repaired. The thickness of black finishing layer is at least 70 least 5 above the dew point.
um, and the thickness of blue epoxy coating is at least 100um. The coating
appearance shall be smooth without bubble, void or other defect.
According to the requirements in Product Specification

provided by the material supplier, the repairing material
shall be mixed evenly in proportion and brushed on the
surface to be repaired. The coating thickness shall be 700
um at least, and the coating appearance shall be smooth
without bubble, void or other defect.
48 XINXING PIPES 49
1.10.3 Repairing cement mortar lining 1.10.4 Repairing cement lining with epoxy seal coat
The repairing of this coating consists of two steps:
Equipment required Step 1: Repairing cement mortar lining (see 1.10.3)
wire brush
Step 2: Repairing epoxy seal coat
paint brushes
Trowel
spatula
Repairing epoxy seal coat
chiselhammer
palette knife
repair products Equipment required
brush
paint brushes
roller
Procedures Repair materials:
Turn the area to be repaired to face upwards. WB-108 epoxy paint (gray)
Remove the damaged area and surrounding hollow lining with
a hammer or driver.
The edges shall be vertical to the ductile iron pipe wall and Proportion
ductile iron surface shall be exposed. Weight ratio A:B = 5:1
Stir component A before mixing. Weigh five portions of component A and one
A portion of component B prior to use as required. Place them into a container.
Stir them at least 3 - 4 minutes with a blender or stirrer driven by low-speed
B
20kg 4kg
electric drill, until they are mixed evenly.
The ready mixture shall be used up at 25 within 2h. Otherwise, it shall be
Remove any loose debris with a wire brush
discarded.
Clean the surface to be repaired thoroughly, including part of
the rusted substrate.
Wet the area to be repaired.
Wet cement mortar lining around the area to be repaired a few
minutes before the repairing work.
Procedures
Preparation of repairing material Brush to remove dirt
Ratio of components
Material Weight ratio
Cement 100
Fine sand 200
Water 35~40
Firstly mix two kinds of powder materials, and then add certain
amount of water, mixing to obtain the continuous slurry.
If necessary, add small amount of water according to the Brush the ready paint on the surface to be repaired with thickness of gray
viscosity. epoxy seal coat of 70 um. The coating appearance shall be smooth without
bubble, void or other defect.
Fill the defective parts with new mortar, smear the mortar The coating shall be naturally cured above 5 ; In case that temperature is
on it to a uniform thickness with a trowel and make it dense. too low, it is necessary to appropriately heat the coating for cure.
Operate evenly to obtain flat and smooth surface. If required,
regularly water the trowel to facilitate troweling
The repaired part shall be fully cured and not exposed in

sunshine. It shall be covered with plastic cloth to keep the
humidity
50 XINXING PIPES 51
1.10.5 Repairing ceramic epoxy(PU)lining
Tools required
wire brush
paint brush
spatula
chisel
motor wire brush
gas torch
Repairing materials
Solvent-free ceramic epoxy repair material for ceramic epoxy lining;
SPUA-R400 hand brush polyurethane for PU lining.
Procedures
Remove the damaged coating and its surrounding coat with poor adherence
with knife or other tools and remain the coat with sound adhesion and no
defect.
Clean the substrate of ductile iron base with a motor wire brush or other tool
until its surface reaches St3.
Brush away debris and dust to keep the repair-to-be surface clean.
The temperature of the surface to be repaired shall be 5 above the dew point
at least. In case that the surface is wet or the ambient temperature is very low,
the surface can be heated by gas torch so as to keep it dry and at least 5
above the dew point.
According to the requirements in Product Specification provided by the material

supplier, the repairmaterial shall be mixed evenly in proportion and brushed on
the surface to be repaired. The coating thickness shall be at least 1000um, and
the coating appearance shall be smooth without bubble, void or other defect.
52 XINXING PIPES 53
Chapter II
Manufacturing
Process and
Quality Control
System
54 XINXING PIPES 55
2.1 Manufacturing Process 58
Chapter II
2.1.1 Preparation of molten iron
2.1.2 Pipe casting
2.1.3 Finishing / coatings
Manufacturing
2.2 Quality Control System 62
2.2.1 Production procedure of ductile iron pipe
2.2.2 Quality control and inspection frequency
Process and
2.2.3 Joint performance test
Quality Control
System
56 XINXING PIPES 57
2.1 Manufacturing Process The metal-stream inoculation is performed along with the centrifugal casting simultaneously.
2.1.2 Pipe casting
Molten iron from Composition adjustment Spheroidizing Centrifugal casting 2.1.2.1 Preparation of sand cores
blast furnace in the electric furnace
The pipes with different joints are produced with pipe molds
with different joint-sand-cores. The core sand mixed with resin
is added into the sand core mold, tamped and solidified for the
Pressure test Polishing Zinc coating Annealing Weighing centrifugal casting. Sand cores
2.1.2.2 Centrifugal casting

The high-quality ductile iron pipe is produced by the centrifugal casting process: After spheroidization, the
qualified high-temperature molten iron flows through a launder into the metal mold rotating at high speed,
Cement mortar lining Curing Spray of external Packing storage
finishing layer and then is distributed on the internal surface of metal mold under the centrifugal force, finally it is solidified
into a pipe. The impurities and gas in molten iron is sufficiently excluded due to the centrifugal force. The
Figure 1 Manufacturing process for ductile iron pipe
gradual inward solidification makes the pipe wall extremely dense, so as to save materials to the most and
2.1.1 Preparation of molten iron
improve the mechanical properties of pipe.
2.1.1.1 Molten iron smelting

The Fe in the iron ore is reduced in the blast furnace, which will also keep suitable composition of Si, Mn, S,
P, and other trace elements in molten iron.
With the storage function, the metal mixer can be utilized between the blast furnace and electric furnace for
the buffering and thermal insulation, so as to obtain the suitable composition of molten iron.
The composition and temperature of molten iron can be adjusted in
the electric furnace to achieve suitable values for spheroidisation.
2.1.1.2 Spheroidization and inoculation

After the molten irons spheroidization through the addition of 2.1.2.3 Annealing
magnesium, the precipitated graphite will change its form from Annealing treatment is a necessary and important procedure during production of ductile iron pipe.
flake to spheroid during solidification, thus avoiding incision of flake Generally, the elongation of ductile iron pipe by centrifugal casting is 2~5%, inferior to the requirement
Spheroidization of molten iron
graphite to the continuity of iron matrix, so that enabling the ductile specified by ISO 2531. In order to enhance elongation, the cast pipe shall be annealed, that is, the pipe
iron with excellent ductility, flexibility and impact resistance. is heated to certain temperature in the annealing furnace, and then cooled to below certain temperature
Inoculation is an important procedure during production of ductile along with the proper annealing curve, and continuously cooled in ambient temperature. After the annealing
iron, through which graphite in the ductile iron can become more treatment, the mechanical properties of ductile iron pipe can reach the indexes in the Table 1 and comply
rounded and refined, so that the spheroidizing level can be with ISO 2531:
elevated, and the pipe wall can become denser in structure; in

addition, the product plasticity and toughness can be improved too.
Component analysis
58 XINXING PIPES 59
Table 1 Mechanical Properties of Ductile Iron Pipes 2.1.3.2 Hydrostatic test
Minimum tensile strength Minimum elongation Each ductile iron pipe and fitting manufactured by Xinxing shall be subject to hydrostatic test in accordance
Rm A
Type of casting with ISO 2531, qualified result of which is the prerequisite for the products entering into the next procedure.
MPa %
DN80~2000 DN80~1000 DN1100~2000
Centrifugal ductile iron pipe 420 10 7 2.1.3.3 Cement mortar and other lining
Fittings, non-centrifugal ductile Taking into consideration the sanitation requirements of urban water supply to prevent water pollution
420 5 5
iron pipe
against rust, it is necessary to conduct anti-corrosion protection for pipe from inside through application
Note: 1. The yield strength (RP 0.2) can be measured by agreement between the supplier and purchaser. Where:
RP 0.2 270MPa, when A 12% for DN80 ~ 1000; or RP 0.2 270MPa, whenA 10% for DN 1000 and above. of internal lining. Without special requirement, all ductile iron pipes produced by Xinxing shall be
RP 0.2 300MPa under other conditions. internally lined with cement mortar complying with the portable water requirements.
2. For centrifugal ductile iron pipes between DN 80 ~ 1000,when the wall thickness class is above K12, minimum
elongation is 7%. According to the requirements of ISO 4179, Xinxing adopts the centrifugal lining process, through which
the cement mortar lining surface features smoothness, uniformity and flatness, as well as high bonding
strength with pipe wall, and is not easy to fall off.
Pipes with cement mortar lining centrifugally applied shall be placed in the environment with high
temperature and humidity, so as to accelerate the maturation of cement mortar lining.
2.1.3.4 Spray finishing layer, package and storage

After the spraying of finishing coating and marking, the cured pipe (DN 300) will be packed and put in
storage, and then shipped to the designated location as scheduled.
Annealing Mechanical properties test
2.1.3 Finishing / coatings
2.1.3.1 Zinc spray on external wall

After the annealing treatment, the external surface of the pipe is sprayed with zinc coating complying with
ISO 2531 by means of the electric arc spraying process: utilize low voltage and high current power to melt
zinc wire; atomize the molten zinc with high-speed compressed air stream, and then spray it on the external
wall of pipe in the form of micro droplet.
Finished products warehouse

Spraying Zinc
60 XINXING PIPES 61
2.2 Quality Control System
2.2.1 Production procedure of ductile iron pipe
Ferrosilicon,
Inoculant Molten iron magnesium
SQA
SQA
Composition composition
Composition
Particle size
Molten iron temperature&
composition adjustment
Sand, resin
Disqualified
Composition SQA
Temperature Composition
pipe mold Particle size
maintenance Spheroidisation Core preparation
Composition Dimensions
Dimensions
Appearance Temperature Appearance
Qualified Strength
Centrifugal casting
Disqualified Appearance Disqualified
Pipe weight
Pipe heat treatment Reject

Appearance
Disqualified
Dimensions
Hardness performance
Reject structure
Sand, cement
Zinc spray
SQA
Thickness
Particle size
Finishing Preparation of
Appearance cement mortar
Disqualified Dimensions
inspection
Weight
Leak tightness
Cement mortar lining
Lining thickness
KEY
Cement mortear lining curing Start, end
Operating
Appearance
Product inspection
Process control
Cement mortear lining polish
Supplier quality assurance
Appearance Monitoring, tracking
Self-monitoring on post
Spray finishing layer
Inspection
Thickness
Marks spray Packaging

Disqualified SQA
Appearance
Inspection
Package
Completion,
storage
62 XINXING PIPES 63
2.2.2 Quality control and inspection frequency 2.2.3 Joint performance test
Each type of joint newly designed by Xinxing shall be subject to performance test strictly in accordance with
Table 2 Quality Control and Inspection Frequency ISO10804-1 and EN 545. It shall pass third party certification before put into market.
Purpose and inclusion of performance test
Dealing with nonconforming
No. QC item Testing frequency Inspection equipment
products It is to verify the mechanical strength and leak tightness of the joint under the most unfavorable applicable
Composition of molten iron conditions of casting tolerance and joint deflection. The specific contents and requirements are listed in
1 Each furnace Spectrometer Return
from the blast furnace
Composition of molten iron Table 3 for performance test of the flexible joint.
2 Each furnace Spectrometer Readjust
from FM furnace
Temperature of molten iron Table 3 Inclusion and Requirement of Performance Test for Pipe Joint
3 Each furnace Thermometer Readjust
from FM furnace
Test item Test requirements Test conditions Test method
Composition of nodulized
4 Each pack Spectrometer Return Joint of maximum annulus,aligned and
molten iron Test pressure:(1.5PFA +5) bar
1. Positive internal withdrawn, with maximum shear load
5 Core appearance Full testing Visual inspection Repair or destroy Test duration: 2h
hydrostatic pressure Joint of maximum annulus,
6 Core dimensions 5 pcs/shift/specification Caliper Destroy No visible leakage
deflected
7 Pipe mold dimensions Each piece Micrometer, dial indicator Rework Test pressure:-0.9 Bara Joint of maximum annulus, aligned and
Sampling test every 3~10 2. Negative internal Test duration: 2h withdrawn, with maximum shear load
8 Casting temperature Thermometer Adjustment or return
pieces pressure Maximum pressure variation during the Refer to ISO 2531/
test: 0.09 Bar Joint of maximum annulus, deflected
9 Appearance Each piece Visual inspection Adjustment EN 545, etc.
Test pressure: 2 bar
10 Pipe weight Each piece Platform scale Adjustment 3. Positive external Joint of maximum annulus,
Test duration: 2h
hydrostatic pressure aligned, with maximum shear load
Test along production, record No visible leakage
11 Furnace temperature Thermal instrumentation Adjustment
every half-hour 24,000 cycles Joint of maximum annulus,
4. Cyclic internal hydrolic Test pressure: Between PMA and aligned and withdrawn, with maximum
Test along production, record
12 Chain speed Inverter Adjustment pressure (PMA-5) bars shear load
every half-hour
No visible leakage
13 Appearance Each piece Visual inspection Reject
a 0.9 bar under the atmospheric pressure
14 Mechanical property 1 piece/batch Universal Testing Machine Reject
15 Zinc coating weight 1 time/shift Electronic balance Rework
Performance test apparatus
W
16 Pipe weight Full testing Electronic scale Reject
W
Standard round and card
17 Dimensions Full testing Reject
board F
18 Pressure test Full testing Pressure test machine Reject
19 Ratio of cement mortar Each bucket Electronic scales, water meter Adjustment
a
20 Lining appearance Each piece Visual inspection Reject or rework b
c
21 Lining thickness 1 time/hour Steel needle, steel ruler Reject or rework
22 Curing time Each furnace Watch Adjustment Figure 2 Apparatus for positive/negative internal hydrostatic pressure and cyclic internal hydraulic pressure
23 Curing temperature Each furnace Thermometer Adjustment W/2
24 Appearance Full testing Visual inspection Reject or rework W/2 W/2
25 Film thickness 3 pcs/shift/specification Coating thickness tester Rework
26 Lining thickness 3 pcs/shift/specification Coating thickness tester Reject or rework
Figure 3 Apparatus for positive external hydrostatic pressure
64 XINXING PIPES 65
Chapter III
Requirements
for Storage and
Transportation
of Ductile Iron
Pipe
66 XINXING PIPES 67
Chapter III
Requirements
3.1 Lifting of ductile iron pipe 70
3.1.1 Precautions
3.1.2 Lifting tools
for Storage and

3.1.3 Lifting
3.2 Transportation 71
3.3 Storage 71
Transportation
3.3.1 Prepare the storage area
3.3.2 Stacking patterns
of Ductile Iron
Pipe
68 XINXING PIPES 69
3.1 Lifting of ductile iron pipe 3.2 Transportation
3.1.1 Precautions (1) If truck or train is adopted for transportation, the carriage must be cleaned without foreign matters. At the
Ductile iron pipe shall be lifted by straps or special tools and handled with care. The pipes shall be matted same time, the loading scheme shall be prepared according to the acceptable capacity of vehicle;
steadily and firmly without collision with each other during shift-loading and transportation. The operation (2) If truck or train is adopted for transportation, planks formed by two or more pieces of wood shall be
shall strictly follow the requirements of protection and fastening, so as to avoid damage to the pipe and placed on the carriage floor so as to avoid the direct contact between the socket end and carriage floor; If
protective coating. a flat bed trailer is used for transportation, the casting pipes shall be placed on planks and then fixed by
wedges; the length of pipe extending out of the vehicle shall not exceed 1/4 of the pipe length; if iron pipes
3.1.2 Lifting tools are loaded in more than one layer, the pipe spigot and socket end of each layer shall be staggered and
The crane or forklift is available for lifting, where
finally fixed with steel wire rope firmly; the soft protective materials shall be used to separate pipe and pipe,
special hooks shall be applied, as shown in Figure
pipe and rigid vehicle body, as well as pipe and fastening steel ropes;
1. The special hooks include steel hook covered by
(3) While unloading from the vehicle, it is necessary to avoid directly pulling or dropping the ductile iron pipe, wrapped
rubber, nylon strap or steel wire rope covered by
or not, over the ground, even over the sand ground,for dropping them.
rubber , so as not to damage the internal cement
mortar lining and external protective coating, thus
protecting coating of both sides. Figure 1 Special hooks
3.3 Storage
3.3.1 Prepare the storage area

3.1.3 Lifting
3.3.1.1 The selected site for ductile iron pipe storage shall be flat and solid, and the following places shall
3.1.3.1 For ductile iron pipes packed in bundles, strap and special lifting tools shall be used to lift them from be unacceptable:
the bottom of whole bundle. It is prohibited to directly hook pipes or package strap so as to avoid packing - Unstable or sloped areas;
distortion, breakage of package straps or bundle-off during lifting. Generally, one hook is to lift one bundle. - Swampy areas;
If it is necessary to lift several bundles by a hook, the special lifting gear shall be used to prevent packing - Seriously polluted land;
deformation, so as to avoid the package damage, such as steel belt breakage and bundle deformation; 3.3.1.2 Two tracks of wooden planks shall be placed under the pipes to avoid their direct contact with the
3.1.3.2 For ductile iron pipes packed in bulk, special hook or lifting strap can be used to lift one or several ground, and the selected wooden planks shall be solid.
ductile iron pipes each time, as shown in Figure 2; 3.3.1.3 For the long-term storage, the pipes shall be covered with canvas or woven cloth, so as to protect
3.1.3.3 When forklift is applied, all its areas contacting with the pipes must be protected during lifting; the pipes against dust or dirt.
3.3.2 Stacking patterns
3.3.2.1 Ductile iron pipes can be stacked in two patterns, i.e. the square and pyramidal form.
3.3.2.2 The square stack pattern is shown as Figure 3. The planks are placed under the bottom layer and
fixed with wooden wedges. In each layer of ductile iron pipe, the spigots and socket ends shall be arranged
alternately. For ductile iron pipes in adjacent layers, spigots and socket ends shall also be alternately, and
the upper layer shall be perpendicular to the lower layer. The width of each layer shall not exceed 5.5m.
3.3.2.3 Pyramid" stack pattern is shown as Figure 4. The bottom layer of ductile iron pipes is placed on two
rows of parallel planks with distance of about 1,000mm to each pipe ends; the planks are fixed with wedges.
Figure 2 Lifting Operation
70 XINXING PIPES 71
The sockets and spigots of pipes of each layer are arranged alternately. Table 1 The Stacking Mode for K9 Ductile Iron Pipe
Taking into account the bearing capacity of the underlying pipes, the stacking height for K9 ductile iron pipe
Recommended stacking layers* Recommended stacking layers*
is recommended as shown in Table 1, and the preferred height for C-class ductile iron pipes is shown in DN DN
Pyramid Square Pyramid Square
Table 2. 80 32 20 700 7 4
100 26 18 800 6 3
125 24 16 900 5 3
150 20 16 1000 3 3
200 18 12 1100 3 2
250 17 9 1200 2 2
300 14 9 1400 2 1
350 12 9 1500 2 1
400 12 6 1600 2 1
450 10 6 1 1
Figure 3 Square stacking Figure 4 Pyramid stacking
500 9 5 1800 and above 1 1
600 8 4 1 1
If increasing stacking layers of pipes ,it needs to add the planks placed under the bottom layer.Please contact us for the specific
cases.
Table 2 The Stacking Mode for C-class Ductile Iron Pipe With Preferred Pressure Class
Recommended stacking layers* Recommended stacking layers*

DN DN
Pyramid Square Pyramid Square
80 26 18 700 5 3
100 24 16 800 4 3
125 21 14 900 3 2
150 18 14 1000 3 2
200 15 11 1100 2 2
250 14 9 1200 2 1
300 12 8 1400 1 1
350 10 7 1500 1 1
400 10 7 1600 1 1
450 8 6 1 1
500 7 5 1800 and above 1 1
600 6 4 1 1
If increasing stacking layers of pipes ,it needs to add the planks placed under the bottom layer.Please contact us for the
specific cases.
72 XINXING PIPES 73
Chapter IV
Engineering
Design of
Water Supply
& Drainage
Pipeline
74 XINXING PIPES 75
4.1 Determine the regional water demand and satisfy the requirements
for water pressure 78
4.1.1 Determination of water consumption
4.1.2 Water delivery pressure
4.2 Selection of pipe diameters 79
4.2.1 Formula to calculate pipe diameter
Chapter IV 4.2.2 Determination of the economic velocity
4.3 Selection of piping system 83
4.3.1 Types of pipeline system
Engineering 4.3.2 Principle of pipeline design
4.3.3 General requirements for pipeline layout
4.4 The calculation of head losses
Design of
85
4.4.1 Formula to calculate linear head losses
4.4.2 Linenr head losses
4.5 Prevention and calculation of water hammer 95
Water Supply 4.5.1 Overview
4.5.2 Causes of water hammer
4.5.3 Hazards of water hammer
& Drainage 4.5.4 Prevention for water hammer
4.5.5 Simplified calculation of water hammer
4.6 Depth of cover for pipeline 99
Pipeline 4.7 Anchoring methods and design 106
4.7.1 Thrust force
4.7.2 Form of concrete anchor blocks
4.7.3 Anchor blocks design
4.7.4 Anchoring length of self-anchoring system
76 XINXING PIPES 77
4.1 Determine the regional Qd=(1.15~1.25)(Q1+Q2+Q3+Q4+ Q5) (m3/d)
water demand and satisfy When taking into account the hourly variety coefficient Kh of water consumption, the maximum hourly water
the requirements for water consumption Qh can be calculated as of the maximum daily water consumption Qd:
V
pressure 1000xKh xQd Kh xQd
Qh= = l/s
24x3600 86.4
The water volume and pressure are two major
The total water consumption of community is subject to the local water resources, economic development,
design elements of the water supply & drainage
living habits, industrial and agricultural production scale and so on, and the check computation shall be
project, which is to provide qualified water to
conducted by reference to the design standards for local living water consumption and relevant industries.
water-consuming sectors in a safe, economical
and adequate manner. The main design contents
include: 4 .1.2 Water delivery pressure
When the pipeline engineering is designed for water supply from Water Source A to Community B, it is
A. Determine the regional water demand, and satisfy
necessary to consider the requirement for water pressure at the most unfavorable position in Community B.
the requirements for water quality and pressure;
B. Determine the size of water-supply pipes while
ELA-Hc-HtP
taking into account the economy and reliability;
EL ALowest hydraulic elevation at
C. Select the best type of piping systems;
water source A
D. Select the appropriate construction methods hydr
aulic
HCElevation of the most unfavorable grad
ient
Jt
according to the actual conditions in construction site;
water-supply point C
PMinimum service head at the most
4.1.1 Determination of water C
P
unfavorable water supply point C in the
ELA
consumption
water-consuming point B
During design of water supply system, the water
Ht Total head losses of pipeline
Hc
supply scale shall be firstly determined. Daily
water consumption Qd designed for community is total head losses of the pipeline B
composed of the residential water consumption
A
Q1, living water consumption of enterprise staff Q2,
and water consumption of local public buildings, 4.2 Selection of pipe diameter
sprinkling roads and municipal greening and fire,
Q 3 , the agricultural water consumption Q 4 and 4.2.1 Formula to calculate pipe diameter
industrial water consumption Q5. After the water volume Q is determined, according to the flow calculation formula:
2
In addition to a variety of water consumption D v
Q=
above, the unforeseen water consumption and 4
Formula to calculate pipe diameter can be obtained as below:
pipeline leaks which is equivalent to 15%~25% of
the maximum daily water consumption need to be 4xQ
D=
added. xv
Therefore, the highest daily total water consumption

Where: v - flow velocity (m/s)
of the community in the design life can be calculated
as below:
78 XINXING PIPES 79
It is indicated from the above formula that: When water volume Q is determined, the smaller flow velocity v charges for operation.
will result in the larger pipe diameter D, and correspondingly increase the construction cost of pipe network;
however, it can reduce pipe head losses and the corresponding cost for pipe network management. 4.2.2.2 Total cost of pipes with different diameters
Therefore, the following issues shall also be considered during selection of pipe: Through calculating total cost of pipes with different diameters, the diameter of pipe with the lowest total
The first is construction cost of pipeline which covers the material cost of piping components, the equipment cost is the most reasonable, and it is the economic diameter.
cost, such as pressurized water pump unit, expenses for installation and construction, etc. Total cost calculating formula:
The second is pipeline operation & management costs, including power cost for pipelines opertion, W=Cp+CmNPV+CeNPV
maintenance cost and interest on investments. In most projects, usually several comparative solutions are Where W Total cost ($)
designed, from which a most economical and practical solution will be selected. Cp Pipeline investment ($)
Therefore, the optimization method is commonly used to obtain the best solution of velocity v or pipe CmNPV NPV sum of pipeline maintenance cost of each year within calculation period
diameter D during the pipe network design, namely: in a certain period t (payback period of pipeline project), ($)
the velocity with the minimum sum of the construction cost and management fees of pipe network will be CeNPVNPV sum of electricity expenses of each year within calculation period ($)
taken as the economical velocity to determine the diameter D. 1) Pipeline investment Cp
In order to prevent the pipe network accidents against water hammer phenomenon, it is recommended that Pipeline investment covers all costs related to the pipeline laying, including pipes fee, production cost,
the maximum design flow velocity of the ductile iron pipe shall not exceed 2.5 ~ 3.0m/s; for transmission transportation costs, anti-corrosion costs for internal and external walls, construction cost and greening-
of turbid raw water, the minimum flow velocity can not be less than 0.6 m/s so as to avoid precipitation of compensation.
suspended matter in water. In the actual design work, the flow velocity shall be selected in combination 2) Annual maintenance cost of pipeline
with local economic conditions, as well as the cost of the pipe network and the operation and management Maintenance costs is discounted according to the calculation period, their NPV can be summed. The sum of
costs. NPV of pipeline maintenance costs is calculated as the formula below:
Meanwhile, the diameter of pipes shall be selected on the basis of head losses. Through a lot of researches n
-t
and tests, Xinxing has reviewed the absolute roughness of various lining, and accordingly developed the CmNPV= Cm(1+i)
t=1
hydraulic calculation table of ductile iron pipes with different lining for the reference of design department.
Where: Cm Annual pipeline maintenance fee, usually counted as 1% of the pipeline investment
4.2.2 Determination of the economic velocity n Calculation period, generally 20 years

There are many different methods to calculate economic velocity, all countries have their own calculation i Discount rate, generally 6 ~ 10% per year
methods. For water pipeline of large-scale supply & drainage project, the NPV method is usually adopted to 3) Annual electricity expenses for opeartion of pipeline in different diameters are calculated with supply
determine the economical velocity and economical pipe diameter. water according to short and long term planning.
The sum of NPV of the annual electricity expenses for operation is calculated as the formula below:
4.2.2.1 Taken the maximum daily water amount as 100%, the statistics is conducted according to three
sections of daily water supply capacity, i.e. 100% ~ 90% (annual peak water supply period), 90% ~ t1
Qr1H1f1+Qr2H2f2+Qr3H3f3
n
Qr1H1f1+Qr2H2f2+Qr3H3f3 24x365
CeNPV= + dx
80% (annual usual water supply period), <80% (annual trough period of supply). The statistics shall t t
102x86.4
t=1 (1+i) t=t1+1 (1+i)
cover the number and proportion of days as well as the proportion of the average daily supply quantity
in different water supply periods to the highest daily water supply quantity. Through research on the
variation characteristics of daily water supply within one year, the annual characteristics values of water
quantity variation can be summarized, which can reflect the magnitude of diurnal variation and variation
characteristics throughout one year, which can serve as the basic data to calculate the annual electricity
80 XINXING PIPES 81
Where: Q. Q short- and long-term planning of water consumption respectively with dimensions in m3/d; 4.3 Selection of piping system
r1, r2, r3 ratios of the annual peak water-supply period, usual water-supply period and trough
water-supply period to the whole year respectively; 4.3.1 Types of pipeline system
f1, f2, f3 ratios of the average daily supply water in the peak period, usual period, trough period
to the maximum daily supply water respectively; Gravity piping system
H1, H2, H3 Pipe head losses of average daily supply water in the anuual peak period, usual H.W.L Maximum static head
L.W.L
period and trough period in recent years respectively with dimensions in meters; Minimum hydraulic gra
dient line
Reservoir Pipe
H1 , H2 , H3 Pipe head losses of average daily supply water in the anuual peak period, usual
period and trough period in long term respectively with dimensions in meters;
efficiency of pump and motor;
1 ~ t1 Recent calculation years;
Diagram of gravity piping system
(t1 +1 ~ n) Forward calculation years;
d Integrated electric price ($/kwh); If the starting point of a pipeline is higher than its termination point, and the height difference between two
points is larger than sum of total pipeline head losses and the smallest service water head of the most
4.2.2.3 Formula to calculate pump shaft power unfavorable user, then the pipeline can work by gravitational flow.
The pump shaft power is related to the routine operating cost of pipeline project, which depends on the size This piping system is featured as following:
of pipe and material of the inner wall. Therefore, it shall be concerned during the engineering design. Its 1) No power needed;
formula is: 2) Less costs for facilities, operation and maintenance;
Q x ELT 3) Free failure during use and convenient maintenance;
P=0.0098 x
Design principle of gravity piping system: Accelerate the flow rate by means of water head difference as
possible, namely, the pipe with the minimum diameter shall be used to reduce material cost and construction
Where: P Pump shaft power (kw) costs under the condition of meeting the requirements of water-consuming unit.
Q Flow rate (l/s)
Maximum static head
ELT Total Hydraulic Elevation (m) Minimum hydrauli
c gradient line
H
H
Efficiency of Pump motor H.W.L Pump
L.W.L
Reservoir Pipe
H = Total head of pump
Diagram of pressure piping system

Pressure piping system
If the starting point of the pipeline is not high enough and the water can not be supplied by gravity flow, it is
necessary to use the booster pump which delivers water to the water supply location.
This piping system has the following characteristics:
1) The water pressure can be easily controlled;
2) It is less affected by terrain conditions, so the pipeline route is subject to less restriction.
3) Continous power input is needed. Thus, during pipeline design, various designing options shall be
compared, and the solution with minimum sum of pipeline construction and management costs during whole
payback period of the entire project shall be selected.
82 XINXING PIPES 83
4.3.2 Principle of pipeline design 4.3.3 General requirements for pipeline
layout
Pipeline shall fully utilize water elevation difference, and the gravity supply is preferred in combination The vent (intake) valves shall be installed at
with conditions along the line. If the pressured water supply is needed due to the terrain or pipe system relatively and absolutely high points in the pipeline; the
layout, the stages and methods of pressure boost, booster stations shall be determined according to the drain pipes and sluice valve shall be arranged at the low
equipment selection, analysis on operation cost, as well as the technical and economic comparison. position of pipeline;
During the pipeline selection, it is necessary to combine the near and far terms and consider possibility For pressure water pipelines, it is necessary to
of implementation by stage. analyze possibility of water hammer; if necessary, the
The design and laying of pipeline shall put all points along the pipeline under the minimum hydraulic measures shall be taken to eliminate water hammer;
gradient. For pressure pipeline, it shall be generally below the water hydraulic gradient line under different
water supply conditions.
4.4 The calculation of head
losses
H.W.L
Start
L.W.L
The energy must be added to overcome the head losses
The
mini
mum
hydr during the water delivery. head losses is related with the
aulic
grad
ient following factors:
h
Inner friction of water (depends on its viscosity);
Water friction along the pipes wall(linked to the
roughness);
Minor changes to flow (elbows, joints, etc.).
Head losses consists of the linear losses and minor losses.
Examples of improper piping design
For the long-distance water pipelines, the linear losses
When the certain points of the pipeline are inevitably higher than the minimum hydraulic gradient, accounts for over 90% of whole energy losses, while
the pipe diameter shall be increased in the upstream section to reduce the friction loss so as to raise the proportion of minor losses generally does not exceed 10%.
minimum hydraulic gradient of the pipeline, and then the diameter of downstream pipeline shall be reduced.
4.4.1 Formula to calculate linear head
losses
H.W.L Generally, the pipeline hydraulic calculation is based on
Start
L.W.L uniform flow in the water supply project
The min
imum h
ydraulic 4.4.1.1 Common empirical formula for linear
h1
gradien
t
head losses calculation.
h
1) Darcy formula
h2
2
V
hf = x x
D 2g
Where: hf Linear head losses (m)

vAverage flow velocity (m/s)
Example of changing the pipe diameter to accommodate a minimum hydraulic gradient gGravitation constant (m/s2)
DPipe diameter (m)
Length of the pipeline (m)
84 XINXING PIPES 85
The formula applies to the laminar and turbulent flow in the smooth or rough pipe with any cross-sectional 4.4.1.3 Minor head losses from fittings and valves
shapes, and the linear head losses factor in the formula is generally calculated by C. F. Colebrook The minor head losses from fittings (elbows, tees, etc.) and valves accounts for less proportion in the total
formula.C.F. Colebrook formula: head losses in a long pipeline: For a long-distance waterline, the head losses from pipe fittings can be
1 k 2.51
=-21og( + ) estimated as 5% ~ 10% of the linear losses of the pipeline according to number of fittings; however, for the
3.7D Re pipeline with short length and higher flow rate, the head losses from fittings may be relatively larger, which
shall be considered. The minor head losses of fittings can be calculated by the following formula:
Where: linear friction coefficient Where: Hf pipe head losses (m) 2
v
k equivalent roughness of pipeline (mm) Chhazen-Willian factor hj =
2g
D pipe diameter (mm) D pipe diameter (m) Where: hj minor head losses (m)
Re reynolds number Q pipeline flow (m3/s) minor head losses factor
2) Hazen-Willian formula pipe length (m) v velocity (m/s)
2.63 1.8518
Hf= (3.5875 Q/ChD ) g gravitation constant (m/s2)
Minor Head Losses Factor
No. Item drawing value and description

4.4.1.2 Hydraulic friction coefficient 2
Cross section with A1
T he hydraulic friction coefficient is one of important technical parameters during the fluid transport 1 = 1-
sudden expansion A2
engineering design, which directly affects the accuracy of the hydraulic calculation. 2
Cross section with A2
No matter in Darcy Formula or Hazen - William Formula, the difference of pipe materials is reflected on the 2 =0.5 1-
sudden reduction A1
absolute roughness of the inner wall. In each formula, the value of the roughness correlation coefficient is
2
an important factor affecting the calculating results. A1
Flow into channel, = 1-
A2
Generally, the cement mortar is selected as the lining material of ductile iron pipe. The cement mortar 3 Pipe outlet
lining have been smooth, even and flat with strong bonding with the wall and sound hydraulic performance.
Flow into tank, =1.0
Xinxing has conducted a series of tests on friction coefficient and checked the surface roughness value k
2
and Hazen-Willian coefficient Ch of ductile iron pipes lined with different linings. For cement mortar lined A2
=K -1
ductile iron pipe, the detection value of K is 0.03mm; however, for actual piping design purposes, the A1
4 Round diverging pipe
values of friction coefficient are recommended for different lining materials as table belows: 8 10 15 25
k 0.14 0.16 0.30 0.62
Recommended Friction Coefficient for Different Linings
Ranges of friction coefficient e/d 0 0.2 0.4 0.6

Pipe
5 Sluice valve 35 4.6 0.98
Pipeline equivalent roughness k (mm) Hazen-Willian factor Ch
e/d 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
0.44 0.17 0.0 0
PU lining 0.03~0.05 140~145
Seal coat of cement mortar lining 0.05~0.07 133~137 For the minor head losses of the valve, please consult suppliers of valves; for calculation of other types of
Cement mortar lining 0.07~0.1 125~130 minor losses, please contact our engineer.
86 XINXING PIPES 87
4.4.2 Linear head losses Table of Head Losses of DN100 Ductile Iron Pipes With Different Lining
To meet the relevant design needs, we have calculated the head losses of ductile iron pipe lined with Cement mortar lining Epoxy seal coat Polyurethane (PU) lining
cement mortar and 1mm polyurethane in thickness under the following assumptions, which are shown in the Q(l/s) k=0.1mm k = 0.07mm k=0.05mm
hf J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s)
table below in details(where, hydraulic gradient J is the head losses for unit length of pipeline, thus, J = )
4.0 3.19 0.51 3.09 0.51 2.26 0.45
Assumptions for head losses calculation include:
4.5 3.97 0.57 3.82 0.57 2.81 0.51
1) Full pipe flow
5.0 4.84 0.64 4.66 0.64 3.40 0.57
2) Equivalent roughness coefficient k of pipeline: 5.5 5.79 0.70 5.56 0.70 4.04 0.62
k = 0.1mm for cement mortar lining 6.0 6.83 0.76 6.53 0.76 4.75 0.68
k = 0.07mm for epoxy seal coat of cement mortar lining 6.5 7.94 0.83 7.59 0.83 5.52 0.74
7.0 9.13 0.89 8.72 0.89 6.31 0.79
k = 0.05mm for polyurethane lining
7.5 10.43 0.95 9.92 0.95 7.17 0.85
3) Water temperature = 18 , water kinematic viscosity = 1.06 10-6 (m2/s)
8.0 11.77 1.02 11.24 1.02 8.08 0.91
4) ID of Pipe: DN value of pipe nominal diameter
8.5 13.22 1.08 12.57 1.08 9.08 0.96
9.0 14.76 1.15 14.02 1.15 10.08 1.02
9.5 16.37 1.21 15.55 1.21 11.17 1.08
10.0 18.05 1.27 17.06 1.27 12.26 1.13
10.5 19.81 1.34 18.72 1.34 13.44 1.19
11.0 21.65 1.40 20.45 1.40 14.68 1.25
11.5 23.55 1.46 22.35 1.46 15.96 1.30
12.0 25.52 1.53 24.21 1.53 17.29 1.36
12.5 27.69 1.59 26.14 1.59 18.67 1.42
13.0 29.81 1.66 28.14 1.66 20.09 1.47
13.5 32.15 1.72 30.34 1.72 21.55 1.53
14.0 34.41 1.78 32.47 1.78 23.17 1.59
14.5 36.92 1.85 34.66 1.85 24.73 1.64
15.0 39.32 1.91 37.09 1.91 26.33 1.70
15.5 41.99 1.97 39.40 1.97 28.11 1.76
16.0 44.53 2.04 41.99 2.04 29.79 1.81
16.5 47.35 2.10 44.43 2.10 31.52 1.87
17.0 50.27 2.16 47.16 2.16 33.46 1.93
17.5 53.01 2.23 49.98 2.23 35.27 1.98
18.0 56.09 2.29 52.61 2.29 37.31 2.04
18.5 59.24 2.36 55.57 2.36 39.20 2.10
19.0 62.19 2.42 58.31 2.42 41.35 2.15
19.5 65.51 2.48 61.42 2.48 43.55 2.21
20.0 68.91 2.55 64.61 2.55 45.57 2.27
20.5 72.05 2.61 67.54 2.61 47.87 2.32
21.0 75.61 2.67 70.87 2.67 49.97 2.38
22.0 82.98 2.80 77.78 2.80 54.84 2.49
23.0 90.26 2.93 84.58 2.93 59.61 2.61
26.0 75.34 2.95
* Head (in meters) of the fluid as it flows through a standard kilometer of the relevant pipe.
88 XINXING PIPES 89
Table of Head Losses of DN400 Ductile Iron Pipes With Different Lining Table of Head Losses of DN600 Ductile Iron Pipes With Different Lining
Cement mortar lining Epoxy seal coat Polyurethane (PU) lining Cement mortar lining Epoxy seal coat Polyurethane (PU) lining
Q(l/s) k=0.1mm k = 0.07mm k=0.05mm Q(l/s) k=0.1mm k = 0.07mm k=0.05mm
J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s)
60 0.51 0.48 0.50 0.48 0.44 0.46 140 0.34 0.50 0.33 0.50 0.30 0.48
65 0.59 0.52 0.58 0.52 0.51 0.50 160 0.43 0.57 0.42 0.57 0.39 0.55
70 0.69 0.56 0.67 0.56 0.59 0.54 180 0.54 0.64 0.53 0.64 0.48 0.62
75 0.78 0.60 0.76 0.60 0.67 0.57 200 0.66 0.71 0.64 0.71 0.58 0.69
80 0.88 0.64 0.85 0.64 0.76 0.61 220 0.79 0.78 0.76 0.78 0.70 0.76
85 0.99 0.68 0.95 0.68 0.85 0.65 240 0.93 0.85 0.90 0.85 0.82 0.83
90 1.10 0.72 1.06 0.72 0.94 0.69 260 1.08 0.92 1.05 0.92 0.95 0.90
95 1.22 0.76 1.18 0.76 1.04 0.73 280 1.25 0.99 1.20 0.99 1.10 0.96
100 1.34 0.80 1.30 0.80 1.14 0.76 300 1.42 1.06 1.37 1.06 1.25 1.03
110 1.61 0.88 1.55 0.88 1.37 0.84 320 1.60 1.13 1.55 1.13 1.41 1.10
120 1.90 0.95 1.83 0.95 1.60 0.92 340 1.81 1.20 1.74 1.20 1.58 1.17
130 2.22 1.03 2.12 1.03 1.87 0.99 360 2.02 1.27 1.93 1.27 1.76 1.24
140 2.54 1.11 2.44 1.11 2.16 1.07 380 2.23 1.34 2.14 1.34 1.95 1.31
150 2.91 1.19 2.79 1.19 2.44 1.15 400 2.47 1.41 2.37 1.41 2.14 1.38
160 3.29 1.27 3.15 1.27 2.76 1.22 420 2.71 1.49 2.60 1.49 2.36 1.45
170 3.70 1.35 3.53 1.35 3.09 1.30 440 2.97 1.56 2.85 1.56 2.57 1.52
180 4.12 1.43 3.93 1.43 3.45 1.38 460 3.23 1.63 3.09 1.63 2.79 1.58
190 4.59 1.51 4.38 1.51 3.81 1.45 480 3.51 1.70 3.37 1.70 3.04 1.65
200 5.05 1.59 4.83 1.59 4.22 1.53 500 3.81 1.77 3.63 1.77 3.27 1.72
210 5.57 1.67 5.28 1.67 4.62 1.61 520 4.09 1.84 3.92 1.84 3.54 1.79
220 6.07 1.75 5.80 1.75 5.04 1.68 540 4.42 1.91 4.20 1.91 3.78 1.86
230 6.64 1.83 6.30 1.83 5.51 1.76 560 4.75 1.98 4.52 1.98 4.07 1.93
240 7.18 1.91 6.86 1.91 5.96 1.84 580 5.06 2.05 4.84 2.05 4.37 2.00
250 7.79 1.99 7.39 1.99 6.46 1.91 600 5.41 2.12 5.15 2.12 4.64 2.07
260 8.37 2.07 7.99 2.07 6.94 1.99 620 5.78 2.19 5.49 2.19 4.95 2.14
270 9.03 2.15 8.62 2.15 7.49 2.07 640 6.12 2.26 5.85 2.26 5.28 2.20
280 9.71 2.23 9.20 2.23 7.99 2.14 660 6.50 2.33 6.23 2.33 5.57 2.27
290 10.42 2.31 9.87 2.31 8.57 2.22 680 6.90 2.41 6.56 2.41 5.91 2.34
300 11.07 2.39 10.57 2.39 9.11 2.29 700 7.32 2.48 6.95 2.48 6.26 2.41
310 11.83 2.47 11.21 2.47 9.73 2.37 720 7.74 2.55 7.35 2.55 6.57 2.48
320 12.60 2.55 11.94 2.55 10.37 2.45 740 8.12 2.62 7.77 2.62 6.94 2.55
330 13.40 2.63 12.70 2.63 10.94 2.52 760 8.56 2.69 8.13 2.69 7.32 2.62
340 14.13 2.71 13.39 2.71 11.62 2.60 780 9.02 2.76 8.57 2.76 7.71 2.69
350 14.98 2.79 14.18 2.79 12.31 2.68 800 9.49 2.83 9.01 2.83 8.05 2.76
360 15.84 2.86 15.01 2.86 12.93 2.75 820 9.97 2.90 9.47 2.90 8.46 2.82
370 16.74 2.94 15.85 2.94 13.66 2.83 840 10.46 2.97 9.93 2.97 8.88 2.89
380 17.65 3.02 16.60 3.02 14.41 2.91 * Head (in meters) of the fluid as it flows through a standard kilometer of the relevant pipe.
90 XINXING PIPES 91
Table of Head Losses of DN1000 Ductile Iron Pipes With Different Lining Table of Head Losses of DN1600 Ductile Iron Pipes With Different Lining
Cement mortar lining Epoxy seal coat Polyurethane (PU) lining Cement mortar lining Epoxy seal coat Polyurethane (PU) lining
Q(m3/s) k=0.1mm k = 0.07mm k=0.05mm Q(m3/s) k=0.1mm k = 0.07mm k=0.05mm
J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s)
0.4 0.19 0.51 0.19 0.51 0.50 0.18 1 0.10 0.50 0.10 0.50 0.10 0.49
0.45 0.24 0.57 0.23 0.57 0.56 0.22 1.1 0.13 0.55 0.12 0.55 0.11 0.54
0.5 0.29 0.64 0.28 0.64 0.62 0.26 1.2 0.15 0.60 0.14 0.60 0.13 0.59
0.55 0.35 0.70 0.34 0.70 0.69 0.32 1.3 0.17 0.65 0.17 0.65 0.16 0.63
0.6 0.41 0.76 0.40 0.76 0.75 0.37 1.4 0.20 0.70 0.19 0.70 0.18 0.68
0.65 0.48 0.83 0.47 0.83 0.81 0.43 1.5 0.23 0.75 0.22 0.75 0.20 0.73
0.7 0.55 0.89 0.54 0.89 0.87 0.50 1.6 0.26 0.80 0.25 0.80 0.23 0.78
0.75 0.63 0.95 0.61 0.95 0.94 0.57 1.7 0.29 0.85 0.28 0.85 0.26 0.83
0.8 0.71 1.02 0.69 1.02 1.00 0.64 1.8 0.32 0.90 0.31 0.90 0.29 0.88
0.85 0.80 1.08 0.77 1.08 1.06 0.72 1.9 0.35 0.94 0.34 0.94 0.32 0.93
0.9 0.89 1.15 0.86 1.15 1.12 0.80 2 0.39 0.99 0.38 0.99 0.35 0.98
0.95 0.99 1.21 0.96 1.21 1.19 0.88 2.1 0.43 1.04 0.42 1.04 0.39 1.02
1 1.09 1.27 1.05 1.27 1.25 0.97 2.2 0.47 1.09 0.45 1.09 0.42 1.07
1.05 1.20 1.34 1.16 1.34 1.31 1.07 2.3 0.51 1.14 0.49 1.14 0.46 1.12
1.1 1.31 1.40 1.26 1.40 1.37 1.17 2.4 0.55 1.19 0.53 1.19 0.49 1.17
1.15 1.44 1.46 1.37 1.46 1.44 1.27 2.5 0.60 1.24 0.58 1.24 0.54 1.22
1.2 1.55 1.53 1.49 1.53 1.50 1.38 2.6 0.65 1.29 0.62 1.29 0.58 1.27
1.25 1.68 1.59 1.62 1.59 1.56 1.49 2.7 0.69 1.34 0.67 1.34 0.62 1.32
1.3 1.81 1.66 1.74 1.66 1.62 1.60 2.8 0.74 1.39 0.72 1.39 0.66 1.37
1.35 1.95 1.72 1.87 1.72 1.69 1.73 2.9 0.80 1.44 0.77 1.44 0.71 1.41
1.4 2.10 1.78 2.00 1.78 1.75 1.84 3 0.85 1.49 0.82 1.49 0.76 1.46
1.45 2.25 1.85 2.15 1.85 1.81 1.98 3.2 0.96 1.59 0.92 1.59 0.86 1.56
1.5 2.39 1.91 2.30 1.91 1.87 2.11 3.4 1.08 1.69 1.03 1.68 0.96 1.66
1.55 2.55 1.97 2.45 1.97 1.93 2.24 3.6 1.21 1.79 1.14 1.78 1.07 1.76
1.6 2.72 2.04 2.59 2.04 2.00 2.38 3.8 1.35 1.89 1.27 1.88 1.19 1.85
1.65 2.89 2.10 2.76 2.10 2.06 2.54 4 1.48 1.99 1.39 1.97 1.31 1.95
1.7 3.04 2.16 2.93 2.16 2.12 2.67 4.2 1.63 2.09 1.53 2.07 1.43 2.05
1.75 3.23 2.23 3.07 2.23 2.18 2.83 4.4 1.79 2.19 1.67 2.17 1.57 2.15
1.8 3.41 2.29 3.25 2.29 2.25 2.99 4.6 1.94 2.29 1.81 2.26 1.71 2.24
1.85 3.61 2.36 3.44 2.36 2.31 3.16 4.8 2.12 2.39 1.96 2.36 1.86 2.34
1.9 3.80 2.42 3.62 2.42 2.37 3.31 5 2.30 2.49 2.12 2.45 2.01 2.44
1.95 3.97 2.48 3.82 2.48 2.43 3.48 5.2 2.48 2.59 2.27 2.55 2.16 2.54
2 4.18 2.55 3.98 2.55 2.50 3.66 5.4 2.65 2.69 2.44 2.64 2.33 2.63
2.1 4.61 2.67 4.39 2.67 2.62 4.00 5.6 2.85 2.79 2.61 2.74 2.50 2.73
2.2 5.06 2.80 4.82 2.80 2.75 4.39 5.8 3.06 2.88 2.80 2.83 2.69 2.83
2.3 5.49 2.93 5.22 2.93 2.87 4.80 6 3.28 2.98 2.96 2.93 2.85 2.93
2.4 5.97 3.06 5.69 3.06 3.00 5.18 6.2 3.50 3.08 3.15 3.02 3.04 3.02
* Head (in meters) of the fluid as it flows through a standard kilometer of the relevant pipe. * Head (in meters) of the fluid as it flows through a standard kilometer of the relevant pipe.
92 XINXING PIPES 93
Table of Head Losses of DN2000 Ductile Iron Pipes With Different Lining
4.5 Prevention and calculation of water hammer
Cement mortar lining Epoxy seal coat Polyurethane (PU) lining
Q(m3/s)) k=0.1mm k = 0.07mm k=0.05mm 4.5.1 Overview
J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) J(m/km)* V(m/s) Water hammer refers dramatical pressure change of water flow in the pipeline caused by sudden
1.6 0.08 0.51 0.08 0.51 0.08 0.50
interruption of water flow in the pressure pipeline system, and spread in the pipeline. Water hammer may
1.8 0.10 0.57 0.10 0.57 0.10 0.56
cause water pressure to rise dramatically, which will damage pump, valve and pipe, etc.; conversely, if the
2 0.13 0.64 0.12 0.64 0.12 0.63
water pressure drops dramatically, it can also form phenomenon of cutoff water hammer (due to cavities
2.2 0.15 0.70 0.15 0.70 0.14 0.69
2.4 0.18 0.76 0.18 0.76 0.17 0.75 collapsing).
2.6 0.21 0.83 0.21 0.83 0.19 0.81 Cutoff water hammer (due to cavities collapsing) when pressure somewhere of the pipeline is lower
2.8 0.24 0.89 0.24 0.89 0.22 0.88 than the saturated vapor pressure under the current water temperature, water will vaporize, destroying
3 0.28 0.95 0.27 0.95 0.25 0.94
continuity of water flow and causing the water column separation, which forms a cavity section here. When
3.2 0.31 1.02 0.30 1.02 0.29 1.00
the separated water column is re-bridged or the cavity section is re-filled with water flow, violent collision
3.4 0.35 1.08 0.34 1.08 0.32 1.07
between two water columns can produce a high-pressure cutoff water hammer (due to cavities collapsing).
3.6 0.39 1.15 0.38 1.15 0.36 1.13
3.8 0.43 1.21 0.42 1.21 0.40 1.19 Water hammer can occur in the gravity pipeline or pressure (deliveried by pump) pipeline.
4 0.48 1.27 0.46 1.27 0.43 1.25

4.2 0.53 1.34 0.51 1.34 0.48 1.32 4.5.2 Causes of water hammer
4.4 0.58 1.40 0.56 1.40 0.52 1.38 The situations, such as starting and stopping the pump, starting and closing the valve or regulating the
4.6 0.63 1.46 0.61 1.46 0.57 1.44
flow through changing pump speed or blade angle, especially for swift operations which cause the water
4.8 0.68 1.53 0.66 1.53 0.61 1.50
velocity to change dramatically ;
5 0.74 1.59 0.71 1.59 0.67 1.57
Accidentally stopping the pump, i.e., sudden power interruption of the running pump , mainly caused by
5.2 0.80 1.66 0.77 1.66 0.71 1.63
5.4 0.86 1.72 0.82 1.72 0.77 1.69 the distribution system malfunction, misoperation, and lightning, etc.
5.6 0.92 1.78 0.89 1.78 0.83 1.75
5.8 0.99 1.85 0.95 1.85 0.88 1.82
4.5.3 Hazards of water hammer
6 1.06 1.91 1.01 1.91 0.94 1.88
The dramatically increased pressure may damage pump, pipe and valve, etc.;
6.2 1.13 1.97 1.08 1.97 1.01 1.94
If a pump is running with too high reverse rotation speed or coincide with critical rotation speed of the
6.4 1.19 2.04 1.15 2.04 1.06 2.00
unit, the pump unit may be caused to vibrate severely;
6.6 1.27 2.10 1.22 2.10 1.13 2.07
6.8 1.34 2.16 1.28 2.16 1.20 2.13 If the pipeline pressure drops and affects normal water supply, sewage will be drawn in at the pipeline
7 1.42 2.23 1.36 2.23 1.27 2.19 breakage due to a negative pressure, and thus affects water quality.
7.2 1.51 2.29 1.44 2.29 1.33 2.26
7.4 1.58 2.36 1.52 2.36 1.41 2.32
4.5.4 Prevention for water hammer N
Pressure line at
7.6 1.66 2.42 1.60 2.42 1.48 2.38 normal working condition
Make reasonable layout of the pipeline, in order
Maximum pressure drop

H1
R
7.8 1.75 2.48 1.67 2.48 1.56 2.44
at point B
Maximum vacuum
to avoid negative internal pressure
8 1.84 2.55 1.76 2.55 1.64 2.51 B C
When laying the pipelines, it is necessary to avoid
H
8.4 2.03 2.67 1.94 2.67 1.79 2.63
H2
F Minimum hydraulic
E
working condition at B
Pressure line at normal
gradient line
8.8 2.23 2.80 2.13 2.80 1.97 2.76 elevation of the pipeline being higher than the
B
R
minimum pressure line when water hammer occurs,
A
9.1 2.36 2.90 2.28 2.90 2.11 2.85 Pump Check valve
9.5 2.58 3.02 2.46 3.02 2.27 2.98 as shown in figure below. The pipeline layout shall not
be A-B-C. The correct pipeline layout shall be A-B'-C.
94 XINXING PIPES 95
Prevent the pressure from rising too high:
1) Set a water hammer arrestor
2) Set an air cylinder (for the shorter pipeline or the smaller pipe diameter)
3) Adopt slow closing check valve or hydraulic control check valve (special devices to eliminate
water hammer due to pump-stopping)
Schematic diagram of air cylinder
4.5.5 Simplified calculation of water hammer
4.5.5.1 Pressure wave velocity

fied water to water-consuming sec 1
a=
y 1 D
( + )
g K Ee
Where: a pressure wave velocity (m / sec)

specific weight of water (= 10,000N/m3)
g acceleration of gravity (= 9.8m/sec2)
K bulk modulus of elasticity of water (= 2.07 109N/m2)
E elasticity modulus of the pipe wall material (E= 1.71011N/m2 for ductile
iron pipe)
D diameter of the pipe (m)
e wall thickness of the pipe (m)
If the diameter and wall thickness along the entire pipeline are uneven, then, a1, a2 ...... and
an shall be calculated respectively for the length (L1, L2, ...... or Ln) of each section with same
diameter and wall thickness. Then average value for overall pressure wave velocity can be
calculated according to the following formula:
L
a=
Ln
an
96 XINXING PIPES 97
4.5.5.2 The formula to calculate water hammer phase is as following: 4.6 Depth of cover for pipeline
Time required for the water hammer wave to be transmitted one round in the pipeline is 2L/a, namely phase
or water hammer phase. The theoretical allowable depths of cover for pipes with different pressure levels are calculated in
2L
Tf = (s) accordance with ISO 10803, and three different traffic load factor values, six soil groups and five types of
a pipe trenches are assumed. Some calculation results are shown in the table below, which can be referred to
Where: Tf water hammer phase (s) by various designers.
L pipe length (m) In general, if the allowable depths of cover is not adequate in height, pipes with higher pressure level shall
be selected to meet the requirements of height depths cover.
4.5.5.3 Simplified calculation method of water hammer resulting from valve opening or
Traffic load factor -
closing
The following values are given:
1) Simple calculation on water hammer resulting from swift opening or closing valve
1.5:this is the general cases,except access roads;
(Under the conditions of the valve switching time: T <Tf )
0.75:road where truck traffic is prohibited;
a
H -H0= - (V-VO) 0.5:all other cases
g
In this case where a national standard exists for the traffic loadings, the value of may be given as follows:
2) Simple calculation on water hammer resulting from slowly opening or closing valve
=P/100
(Under the conditions of the valve switching time: T Tf )
Where: P is the wheel load, in kilonewtons, for a particular type of load according to the respective national
2La
H -H0= - (V-VO) standard.
gt
For all pipelines, shall be designed as 0.5 at least, while the pipelines adjacent to the road shall be
Where: HoPressure under the stable flow state (m)
designed to withstand the full loads of road.
vo flow velocity under the stable flow state (m / sec.)
Note 1: When H < 0.3m, the formula is not applicable
H pressure at a given moment after valve operation (m)
v flow velocity at a given moment after valve operation (m / sec.) Note 2: For the pipelines buried under the railway or airport or places subjected to heavy traffic load special
When all valves are closed and v = 0, H-Ho=a.vo/g is the maximum additional pressure resulting from water requirements shall be added according to the respective national standards and regulations construction.
hammer. Soil classification
These simplified formulas provide assessment methods for maximum water hammer with the issues must The following soil groups classify different soils for embedments, i.e. soils which are used for placement
be considered as below: in the trench surrounding the pipe, compacted or uncompacted, to provide support for the pipeline. These
Assumptions: there are protection measures available for pipeline against water hammer and the head groups classify naturally occurring soils as well as manufactured materials. The groups are also for use in
losses is negligible. In addition, no constraint is considered, such as pump turbine operation, pressure drop classifying undisturbed trench wall materials.
of the saturation vapor, and so on. Soil group A: angular graded stone (6 mm to 40 mm), also including a number of fill materials which have
regional significance, such as crushed stone, crushed gravel, pea gravel and crushed shells.
4.5.5.4 Simplified calculation of pump-stopping water hammer Soil group B: coarse; grained soils with little or no fines. No particles larger than 40 mm.
Calculation of the pump-stopping water hammer is very complex, which can be done only with the help of
Soil group C: coarse; grained soils with fines and fine-grained soils with medium to no plasticity, with
a computer. For the pump-stopping water hammer of most water pipeline, the designer can directly use
more than 25 % coarse particles, liquid limit less than 50 %.
Parmakian nomogram of pump-stopping water hammer.
Soil group D: fine; grained soils with medium to no plasticity, with less than 25 % coarse particles, liquid
After all, the analysis and calculation on water hammer of the pump station is to regulate management and
limit less than 50 %.
operation of pump station and maintain the units in good conditions. In practice, the operation specification
Soil group E: fine; grained soils with medium to high plasticity, liquid limit greater than 50 %.
shall be followed to operate and manage the pump station. It is forbidden to take place mal-operations. The
factors leading to water hammer shall be found in time to eliminate the hidden dangers, so that the pump
station can be safely and economicaly operated.
98 XINXING PIPES 99
Soil group F: organic soils. Allowable Depth of Cover for K9 Cement Mortar Lining Pipes Conforming to ISO 2531 (continued)
Type of pipe trench
Allowable Depth of Cover/m
Trench type 1: embedment dumped
DN Soil Type (=0.5/0.75/1.5)a
Trench type 2: embedment with very light compaction, greater than 75 % standard Proctor density;
Trench Type 1 Trench Type 2 Trench Type 3 Trench Type 4 Trench Type 5
Trench type 3: embedment with light compaction, greater than 80 % standard Proctor density;
A 8.8/8.8/8.6 9.1/9.0/8.9 10.5/10.5/10.4 13.8/13.7/13.7 19.9/19.9/19.8
Trench type 4: embedment with medium compaction, greater than 85 % standard Proctor density; B 7.1/7.0/6.8 7.3/7.3/7.0 8.7/8.7/8.5 11.2/11.2/11.1 15.6/15.5/15.5
Trench type 5: embedment with high compaction, greater than 90 % standard Proctor density. 800 C 5.3/5.3/5.0 6.1/6.0/5.8 6.9/6.8/6.6 8.7/8.6/8.4 12.7/12.7/12.6
NOTE: Pipes are normally placed on a flat-bottomed trench when a suitable uniform support can be D 4.8/4.7/4.3 5.5/5.4/5.2 6.3/6.2/6.0 8.0/7.9/7.8 10.5/10.5/10.3
achieved; in other cases, a layer of loose soil is used as lower bedding. E/F 4.2/4.0/3.7 4.3/4.2/3.8 4.4/4.3/4.0 4.8/4.7/4.3 5.4/5.3/5.1
A 7.9/7.9/7.7 8.2/8.1/8.0 9.6/9.6/9.5 12.8/12.8/12.7 18.8/18.8/18.7
B 6.2/6.2/5.9 6.4/6.3/6.1 7.8/7.8/7.6 10.3/10.2/10.1 14.5/14.4/14.4

Allowable Depth of Cover for K9 Cement Mortar Lining Pipes Conforming to ISO 2531
1000 C 4.5/4.4/4.0 5.2/5.1/4.8 6.0/5.9/5.7 7.7/7.6/7.4 11.6/11.6/11.5
Allowable depth of cover/m D 3.9/3.7/3.3 4.6/4.5/4.2 5.4/5.3/5.0 7.0/7.0/6.8 9.4/9.4/9.3
a
DN Soil Type (=0.5/0.75/1.5) E/F 3.3/3.1/2.6c 3.4/3.2/2.7c 3.5/3.3/2.9c 3.7/3.6/3.2 4.3/4.2/3.8
Trench Type 1 Trench Type 2 Trench Type 3 Trench Type 4 Trench Type 5 A 7.4/7.4/7.2 7.7/7.6/7.4 9.1/9.0/8.9 12.2/12.2/12.1 18.2/18.1/18.1
A 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b B 5.7/5.6/5.4 5.9/5.8/5.6 7.3/7.2/7.0 9.7/9.6/9.5 13.8/13.8/13.7
B 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 1200 C 3.9/3.8/3.5 4.7/4.6/4.3 5.4/5.4/5.1 7.1/7.0/6.8 10.9/10.9/10.8
100 C 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b D 3.3/3.2/2.7c 4.1/4.0/3.6 4.8/4.8/4.4 6.4/6.4/6.2 8.8/8.7/8.6
D 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b E/F 2.7/2.5/ d 2.8/2.7/ d 2.9/2.7/ d 3.2/3.0/2,5c 3.6/3.5/3.1
E/F 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b 50b/50b /50b A 7.0/6.9/6.7 7.2/7.1/7.0 8.6/8.6/8.4 11.7/11.7/11.6 17.6/17.5/17.5
A 18.9/18.8/18.7 19.4/19.4/19.3 20.6/20.6/20.5 23.1/23.0/23.0 28.1/28.1/28.0 B 5.3/5.2/4.9 5.4/5.3/5.1 6.8/6.8/6.5 9.2/9.1/9.0 13.3/13.2/13.1
B 18.1/18.0/17.9 18.6/18.6/18.5 19.7/19.7/19.6 21.8/21.8/21.7 26.1/26.0/26.0 1500 C 3.5/3.3/3.0 4.2/4.1/3.8 5.0/4.9/4.6 6.6/6.5/6.3 10.4/10.3/10.2
200 C 17.2/17.2/17.1 18.0/18.0/17.9 18.8/18.8/18.7 20.6/20.6/20.5 24.7/24.7/24.6 D 2.9/2.7/2.1c 3.6/3.5/3.1 4.3/4.3/3.9 5.9/5.9/5.7 8.2/8.2/8.0
D 17.0/17.0/16.9 17.7/17.7/17.7 18.6/18.5/18.5 20.3/20.3/20.2 23.7/23.7/23.6 E/F 2.2/2.0/ d 2.3/2.1/ d 2.4/2.2/ d 2.6/2.4/ d 3.0/2.9/2.3c
E/F 16.7/16.7/16.6 17.2/17.2/17.1 17.7/17.7/17.6 18.8/18.8/18.7 21.3/21.2/21.2 A 6.7/6.7/6.5 6.9/6.8/6.7 8.3/8.3/8.2 11.4/11.4/11.3 17.2/17.2/17.1
A 13.3/13.2/13.1 13.6/13.6/13.5 14.8/14.8/14.7 17.3/17.3/17.2 22.3/22.2/22.2 B 5.0/4.9/4.7 5.1/5.1/4.8 6.5/6.4/6.3 8.8/8.8/8.7 12.9/12.9/12.8
B 12.2/12.2/12.0 12.5/12.5/12.4 13.7/13.6/13.5 15.7/15.7/15.6 19.6/19.6/19.5 1800 C 3.2/3.1/2.7 3.9/3.8/3.5 4.7/4.6/4.3 6.3/6.2/6.0 10.0/10.0/9.9
300 C 11.1/11.1/10.9 11.8/11.8/11.7 12.5/12.5/12.4 14.1/14.1/14.0 17.8/17.7/17.7 D 2.6/2.4/ d 3.3/3.2/2.8 4.0/4.0/3.7 5.6/5.6/5.3 7.8/7.8/7.7
D 10.8/10.7/10.6 11.4/11.4/11.3 12.2/12.1/12.0 13.7/13.7/13.6 16.4/16.4/16.3 E/F 1.9/1.7/ d 2.0/1.8/ d 2.1/1.9/ d 2.3/2.1/ d 2.7/2.5/1.9c
E/F 10.4/10.4/10.2 10.7/10.7/10.5 11.0/11.0/10.9 11.8/11.7/11.6 13.3/13.3/13.1 A 6.6/6.5/6.4 6.8/6.7/6.6 8.2/8.1/8.0 11.3/11.2/11.2 17.0/17.0/17.0
A 9.8/9.8/9.7 10.1/10.1/10.0 11.4/11.4/11.3 14.2/14.2/14.1 19.6/19.6/19.5 B 4.8/4.8/4.5 5.0/4.9/4.7 6.3/6.3/6.2 8.7/8.7/8.6 12.7/12.7/12.6
B 8.5/8.4/8.2 8.7/8.7/8.5 9.9/9.9/9.8 12.2/12.1/12.0 16.1/16.1/16.0 2000 C 3.1/3.0/2.6 3.8/3.7/3.4 4.5/4.5/4.2 6.1/6.1/5.9 9.8/9.8/9.7
500 C 7.1/7.0/6.8 7.8/7.7/7.5 8.5/8.4/8.2 10.1/10.0/9.9 13.8/13.7/13.6 D 2.5/2.3/ d 3.2/3.1/2.7 3.9/3.8/3.5 5.5/5.4/5.2 7.7/7.6/7.5
D 6.6/6.5/6.3 7.3/7.2/7.0 8.0/7.9/7.7 9.5/9.5/9.3 12.0/11.9/11.8 E/F 1.8/1.6/ d 1.8/1.7/ d 2.0/1.7/ d 2.1/1.9/ d 2.5/2.3/ d
E/F 6.1/6.0/5.8 6.3/6.2/6.0 6.5/6.4/6.2 6.9/6.9/6.6 7.8/7.8/7.6 a The traffic load factors applicable to all burial depths are given as 0.5, 0.75 and 1.5;
b The allowable burial depth exceeds 50 m;
c The min burial depth must be more than 1 m;
d Not recommended.
100 XINXING PIPES 101
Allowable Depth of Cover for C-class Cement Mortar Lining Pipes Conforming to ISO 2531 Allowable Depth of Cover for C-class Cement Mortar Lining Pipes Conforming to ISO 2531 (continued)
Allowable Depth of Cover/m Allowable Depth of Cover/m
DN Soil Type (=0.5/0.75/1.5)a DN Soil Type (=0.5/0.75/1.5)a
Trench Type 1 Trench Type 2 Trench Type 3 Trench Type 4 Trench Type 5 Trench Type 1 Trench Type 2 Trench Type 3 Trench Type 4 Trench Type 5
A 39.4/39.4/39.4 40.5/40.5/40.5 42.1/42.1/42.0 45.5/45.5/45.4 d/d/d A 10.4/10.3/10.2 107/10.6/10.5 11.9/11.9/11.7 14.5/14.4/14.3 19.5/19.5/19.4
B 38.9/38.9/38.9 40.0/40.0/40.0 41.6/41.5/41.5 44.7/44.7/44.7 d/d/d B 9.1/9.1/8.9 9.4/9.4/9.2 10.6/10.5/10.4 12.6/12.6/12.5 16.4/16.3/16.2
80 C 38.4/38.4/38.3 39.7/39.7/39.6 41.0/41.0/41.0 44.0/44.0/43.9 d/d/d 300 C 7.9/7.8/7.6 8.6/8.5/8.3 9.3/9.2/9.0 10.8/10.7/10.6 14.3/14.2/14.1
D 38.2/38.2/38.2 39.5/39.5/39.4 40.8/40.8/40.8 43.8/43.8/43.7 49.9/49.9/49.8 D 7.5/7.4/7.2 8.1/8.1/7.9 8.8/8.8/8.6 10.3/10.3/10.1 12.7/12.7/12.6
E/F 38.1/38.1/38.0 39.2/39.2/39.1 40.3/40.3/40.3 42.8/42.8/42.8 48.4/48.4/48.3 E/F 7.1/7.0/6.8 7.3/7.2/7.0 7.5/7.4/7.2 8.0/7.9/7.7 9.1/9.0/8.8
A 27.3/27.3/27.2 28.1/28.1/28.0 29.3/29.3/29.3 32.1/32.1/32.0 37.8/37.8/37.8 A 8.5/8.5/8.3 8.8/8.7/8.5 10.0/9.9/9.8 12.6/12.5/12.4 17.6/17.6/17.4
B 26.7/26.7/26.5 27.4/27.4/27.4 28.7/28.7/28.6 31.2/31.2/31.1 36.3/36.3/36.2 B 7.2/7.1/6.9 7.4/7.3/7.1 8.6/8.5/8.3 10.6/10.6/10.4 14.2/14.2/14.1
100 C 26.1/26.1/26.0 27.0/27.0/27.0 28.0/28.0/28.0 30.3/30.3/30.2 35.2/35.2/35.2 350 C 5.8/5.8/5.5 6.5/6.4/6.2 7.1/7.1/6.9 8.6/8.6/8.4 12.0/12.0/11.8
D 25.9/25.8/25.8 26.8/26.8/26.7 27.8/27.8/27.8 30.0/30.0/30.0 34.5/34.4/34.4 D 5.4/5.3/5.0 6.0/5.9/5.7 6.7/6.6/6.4 8.1/8.1/7.9 10.3/10.3/10.1
E/F 25.7/25.6/25.6 26.4/26.4/26.3 27.2/27.2/27.1 28.9/28.9/28.8 32.6/32.6/32.6 E/F 4.9/4.8/4.5 5.1/5.0/4.7 5.2/5.2/4.9 5.6/5.5/5.2 6.4/6.3/6.1
A 19.9/19.9/19.8 20.4/20.4/20.3 21.6/21.6/21.5 24.0/24.0/23.9 29.0/29.0/29.0 A 7.4/7.4/7.2 7.7/7.6/7.4 8.9/8.8/8.6 11.5/11.4/11.3 16.5/16.4/16.3
B 19.1/19.1/19.0 19.7/19.7/19.6 20.8/20.8/20.7 22.9/22.9/22.8 27.1/27.1/27.1 B 6.1/6.0/5.7 6.2/6.2/5.9 7.4/7.3/7.1 9.4/9.4/9.2 13.0/13.0/12.8
125 C 18.4/18.4/18.3 19.2/19.2/19.1 20.0/20.0/19.9 21.8/21.8/21.7 25.9/25.9/25.8 400 C 4.7/4.5/4.2 5.3/5.2/4.9 5.9/5.9/5.6 7.4/7.3/7.1 10.7/10.6/10.5
D 18.2/18.1/18.0 18.9/18.9/18.8 19.7/19.7/19.6 21.5/21.5/21.4 25.0/24.9/24.8 D 4.2/4.1/3.7 4.8/4.7/4.4 5.4/5.4/5.1 6.9/6.8/6.6 8.9/8.9/8.7
E/F 17.9/17.9/17.8 18.4/18.4/18.3 19.0/18.9/18.9 20.2/20.2/20.1 22.8/22.8/22.7 E/F 3.7/3.6/3.1 3.8/3.7/3.2 4.0/3.8/3.4 4.2/4.1/3.7 4.8/4.7/4.4
A 14.9/14.9/14.8 15.4/15.3/15.2 16.4/16.4/16.3 18.8/18.7/18.7 23.4/23.4/23.4 A 7.1/7.0/6.8 7.3/7.3/7.1 8.5/8.5/8.3 11.2/11.2/11.0 16.3/16.2/16.1
B 14.0/14.0/13.9 14.5/14.4/14.3 15.5/15.5/15.4 17.5/17.4/17.4 21.2/21.2/21.1 B 5.7/5.6/5.3 5.9/5.8/5.5 7.0/7.0/6.8 9.1/9.0/8.9 12.7/12.7/12.5
150 C 13.2/13.1/13.0 13.9/13.8/13.7 14.6/14.5/14.4 16.1/16.1/16.0 19.7/19.7/19.6 450 C 4.2/4.1/3.7 4.9/4.8/4.4 5.5/5.4/5.2 7.0/6.9/6.7 10.3/10.3/10.1
D 12.9/12.8/12.7 13.6/13.5/13.4 14.3/14.2/14.1 15.8/15.8/15.7 18.6/18.6/18.5 D 3.7/3.6/3.1 4.4/4.3/3.9 5.0/4.9/4.6 6.4/6.4/6.1 8.5/8.5/8.3
E/F 12.8/12.5/12.4 12.9/12.9/12.8 13.3/13.3/13.2 14.2/14.1/14.0 16.0/1.06/15.9 E/F 3.2/3.1/2.4 c 3.3/3.2/2.6c 3.5/3.3/2.7 3.7/3.6/3.1 4.3/4.1/3.8
A 10.9/10.8/10.7 11.2/11.1/11.0 12.3/12.3/12.1 14.7/14.7/14.6 19.5/19.4/19.4 A 7.2/7.1/6.9 7.4/7.4/7.2 8.7/8.6/8.5 11.4/11.4/11.3 16.6/16.6/16.5
B 9.8/9.7/9.6 10.1/10.0/9.9 11.1/11.1/11.0 13.1/13.0/12.9 16.7/16.6/16.6 B 5.7/5.7/5.4 5.9/5.8/5.6 7.1/7.1/6.9 9.2/9.2/9.0 12.9/12.9/12.8
200 C 8.7/8.6/8.4 9.3/9.2/9.1 10.0/9.9/9.8 11.4/11.4/11.3 14.8/14.8/14.7 500 C 4.2/4.1/3.7 4.9/4.8/4.5 5.6/5.5/5.2 7.0/7.0/6.8 10.5/10.4/10.3
D 8.3/8.2/8.0 8.9/8.9/8.7 9.6/9.5/9.4 11.0/11.0/10.8 13.4/13.4/13.3 D 3.7/3.6/3.1 4.4/4.3/3.9 5.0/5.0/4.6 6.5/6.4/6.2 8.6/8.6/8.4
E/F 7.9/7.9/7.7 8.1/8.1/7.9 8.4/8.3/8.2 8.9/8.9/8.7 10.1/10.1/9.9 E/F 3.2/3.1/2.4 c 3.3/3.2/2.6c 3.4/3.3/2.7 3.7/3.6/3.1 4.2/4.1/3.7
A 10.6/10.5/10.4 10.9/10.8/107 12.0/12.0/11.9 14.6/14.5/14.4 19.4/19.4/19.3 A 7.5/7.4/7.2 7.7/7.6/7.5 9.0/9.0/8.8 11.9/11.9/11.7 17.3/17.3/17.2
B 9.4/9.4/9.2 9.7/9.6/9.5 10.8/10.8/10.6 12.8/12.8/12.7 16.5/16.4/16.3 B 5.9/5.8/5.6 6.1/6.0/5.8 7.4/7.3/7.1 9.6/9.5/9.4 13.5/13.4/13.3
250 C 8.2/8.2/8.0 8.9/8.8/8.7 9.6/9.5/9.4 11.1/11.0/10.9 14.5/14.5/14.4 600 C 4.3/4.2/3.9 5.0/4.9/4.6 5.7/5.6/5.4 7.3/7.2/7.0 10.9/10.8/10.7
D 7.8/7.8/7.6 8.5/8.4/8.3 9.2/9.1/8.9 10.6/10.6/10.4 13.0/13.0/12.9 D 3.8/3.7/3.2 4.5/4.4/4.0 5.2/5.1/4.8 6.7/6.6/6.4 8.9/8.9/8.7
E/F 7.5/7.4/7.2 7.7/7.6/7.4 7.9/7.9/7.7 8.4/8.4/8.2 9.5/9.5/9.3 E/F 3.3/3.1/2.5c 3.4/3.2/2.6 3.5/3.3/2.8 3.7/3.6/3.1 4.3/4.2/3.8
A 6.5/6.5/6.3 6.7/6.7/6.5 8.1/8.1/7.9 11.1/11.0/10.9 16.6/16.6/16.5
B 4.9/4.8/4.5 5.0/5.0/4.7 6.4/6.3/6.1 8.6/8.6/8.4 12.5/12.5/12.4
700 C 3.2/3.0/2.4 c 3.9/3.8/3.4 4.6/4.5/4.2 6.26.1/5.9 9.8/9.7/9.6
D 2.6/2.4/d 3.3/3.2/2.6 4.0/3.9/3.5 5.6/5.5/5.2 7.7/7.6/7.5
E/F 2.0/1.6/d 2.0/1.7/d 2.1/1.8/d 2.3/2.1/d 2.7/2.5/d
Allowable Depth of Cover for C-class Cement Mortar Lining Pipes Conforming to ISO 2531 (continued) Allowable Depth of Cover for C-class Cement Mortar Lining Pipes Conforming to ISO 2531 (continued)
Allowable Depth of Cover/m Allowable Depth of Cover/m
DN Soil Type (=0.5/0.75/1.5)a DN Soil Type (=0.5/0.75/1.5)a
Trench Type 1 Trench Type 2 Trench Type 3 Trench Type 4 Trench Type 5 Trench Type 1 Trench Type 2 Trench Type 3 Trench Type 4 Trench Type 5
A 6.5/6.5/6.3 6.8/6.7/6.6 8.2/8.2/8.0 11.3/11.3/11.2 17.1/17.1/17.0 A 5.5/5.4/5.2 5.6/5.6/5.4 7.0/6.9/6.8 10.0/10.0/9.9 15.7/15.6/15.6
B 4.9/4.8/4.5 5.0/4.9/4.7 6.4/6.3/6.1 8.8/8.7/8.6 12.8/12.8/12.7 B 3.7/3.6/3.3 3.8/3.7/3.4 5.1/5.1/4.9 7.4/7.4/7.3 11.3/11.3/11.2
800 C 3.1/2.9/2.3c 3.8/3.7/3.3 4.6/4.5/4.1 6.2/6.1/5.9 9.9/9.9/9.8 1600 C 1.8/1.5/d 2.6/2.4/1.6c 3.3/3.2/2.8 4.9/4.8/4.6 8.4/8.4/8.3
D 2.4/2.2/d 3.2/3.0/2.4c 3.9/3.8/3.4 5.5/5.5/5.2 7.7/7.7/7.5 D 0.9/d/d 1.9/1.6/d 2.7/2.5/1.8c 4.2/4.1/3.8 6.3/6.2/6.0
E/F 1.8/1.2/d 1.8/1.4/d 1.9/1.6/d 2.1/1.8/d 2.5/2.3/d E/F d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d
A 6.5/6.5/6.3 6.7/6.7/6.5 8.2/8.1/8.0 11.3/11.2/11.1 17.1/17.0/17.0 A 5.4/5.4/5.2 5.6/5.5/5.3 7.0/6.9/6.8 10.0/10.0/9.9 15.6/15.6/15.5
B 4.8/4.7/4.4 5.0/4.9/4.6 6.3/6.3/6.1 8.7/8.6/8.5 12.7/12.7/12.6 B 3.7/3.6/3.3 3.8/3.7/3.4 5.1/5.1/4.9 7.4/7.4/7.2 11.3/11.3/11.2
900 C 3.0/2.9/2.3c 3.7/3.6/3.2 4.5/4.4/4.1 6.1/6.0/5.8 9.8/9.8/9.7 1800 C 1.8/1.6/d 2.5/2.4/1.7c 3.3/3.2/2.8 4.8/4.8/4.6 8.4/8.4/8.3
D 2.4/2.2/d 3.1/3.0/2.4 c 3.9/3.8/3.4 5.5/5.4/5.1 7.7/7.6/7.4 D 0.9/d/d 1.9/1.6/d 2.6/2.5/1.9 4.2/4.1/3.8 6.2/6.2/6.0
E/F 1/7/d/d 1.8/1.3/d 1.8/1.5/d 2.0/1.7/d 2.4/2.2/d E/F d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d
A 6.5/6.4/6.2 6.7/6.6/6.4 8.1/8.1/7.9 11.2/11.2/11.0 17.0/17.0/16.9 A 5.4/5.4/5.2 5.6/5.5/5.4 7.0/6.9/6.8 10.0/10.0/9.9 15.6/15.6/15.5
B 4.8/4.7/4.4 4.9/4.8/4.5 6.3/6.2/6.0 8.6/8.6/8.4 12.7/12.6/12.5 B 3.7/3.6/3.3 3.8/3.7/3.4 5.1/5.1/4.9 7.4/7.4/7.2 11.3/11.3/11.2
1000 C 3.0/2.8/2.1 c 3.7/3.6/3.2 4.4/4.3/4.0 6.0/6.0/5.8 9.8/9.7/9.6 2000 C 1.8/1.6/d 2.6/2.4/1.8 3.3/3.2/2.8 4.8/4.8/4.6 8.4/8.4/8.3
D 2.3/2.1/d 3.1/2.9/2.3c 3.8/3.7/3.3 5.4/5.3/5.1 7.6/7.5/7.4 D 1.0/d/d 1.9/1.7/d 2.6/2.5/2.0 4.2/4.1/3.9 6.2/6.2/6.0
E/F 1.6/d/d 1.7/d/d 1.8/1.4/d 2.0/1.7/d 2.3/2.1/d E/F d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d
A 5.5/5.4/5.2 5.7/5.6/5.4 7.1/7.0/6.8 10.1/10.0/9.9 15.7/15.7/15.6

a The traffic load factors applicable to all the burial depths are given as 0.5, 0.75 and 1.5;
B 3.7/3.6/3.2 3.9/3.8/3.4 5.2/5.2/4.9 7.5/7.5/7.3 11.4/11.4/11.3
b The allowable burial depth exceeds 50 m;
1100 C 1.8/1.5/d 2.6/2.4/d 3.4/3.2/2.7 4.9/4.8/4.6 8.5/8.5/8.3
c The min burial depth must be more than 1 m;
D d/d/d 1.9/1.6/d 2.7/2.5/d 4.3/4.2/3.8 6.3/6.3/6.1
d Not recommended.
E/F d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d d/d/d
A 5.5/5.4/5.2 5.6/5.6/5.4 7.0/7.0/6.8 10.1/10.0/9.9 15.7/15.7/15.6
B 3.7/3.6/3.2 3.8/3.7/3.4 5.2/5.1/4.9 7.5/7.4/7.3 11.4/11.3/11.2
1200 C 1.8/1.5/d 2.6/2.4/d 3.3/3.2/2.7 4.9/4.8/4.6 8.5/8.4/8.3
D d/d/d 1.9/1.6/d 2.7/2.5/d 4.2/4.1/3.8 6.3/6.2/6.0
A 5.5/5.4/5.2 5.6/5.6/5.4 7.0/7.0/6.8 10.0/10.0/9.9 15.7/15.7/15.6
B 3.7/3.6/3.2 3.8/3.7/3.4 5.2/5.1/4.9 7.5/7.4/7.3 11.4/11.3/11.2
1400 C 1.8/1.5/d 2.6/2.4/d 3.3/3.2/2.8 4.9/4.8/4.6 8.5/8.4/8.3
D d/d/d 1.9/1.6/d 2.7/2.5/1.7c 4.2/4.1/3.8 6.3/6.2/6.0
A 5.4/5.4/5.2 5.6/5.5/5.3 7.0/6.9/6.8 10.0/10.0/9.9 15.7/15.6/15.6
B 3.7/3.6/3.2 3.8/3.7/3.4 5.2/5.1/4.9 7.5/7.4/7.3 11.3/11.3/11.2
1500 C 1.8/1.5/d 2.6/2.4/d 3.3/3.2/2.8 4.9/4.8/4.5 8.4/8.4/8.3
D d/d/d 1.9/1.6/d 2.6/2.5/1.7c 4.2/4.1/3.8 6.3/6.2/6.0
4.7 Anchoring methods and design 4.7.1.3 Reducing pipe
When the pipe changes direction (at the bends or tees), blank flanges (at each end), or changes size (at
the tapers), hydraulic thrust will occur in the water pipeline. On this occasion, the restrictive measures shall F
be taken to keep the pipeline from being affected. There are several restrictive methods available, among
them, the concrete anchor blocks and self-anchored joint are the most common methods.
4 .7.1 Thrust force thrust force occurring at reducing pipes

The thrust force F is related to maximum field test pressure P of pipeline, sectional area of the pipe or elbow
angle, etc., which can be calculated as follows: Calculation formula F=Px(A-a) (N)
4.7.1.1 Tees and pipe end Where: (A-a) difference of the cross sectional areas on both ends of the reducing pipe
F
F
Reference Value of Thrust at Fittings With Hydraulic Pressure of 10bar
Hydraulic Thrust F1 (tonf) Tees and

DN DE(mm)
pressure (bar) 90 bends 45 bends 22.5 bends 11.3 bends blank flanges
thrust force occurring at tees thrust force occurring at blank flanges 80 98 10 1.1 0.6 0.3 0.1 0.8
100 118 10 1.5 0.8 0.4 0.2 1.1

Calculation formula F = P x A (N) 200 222 10 5.5 3.0 1.5 0.8 3.9
Where: P test pressure (generally maximum field test pressure, Pa) as prescribed in the acceptance 300 326 10 11.8 6.4 3.3 1.6 8.3
criteria 400 429 10 20.4 11.1 5.6 2.8 14.5
A cross sectional area of the branch pipes or blank flange(m ) 2 500 532 10 31.4 17.0 8.7 4.4 22.2
600 635 10 44.8 24.2 12.4 6.2 31.7
4.7.1.2 Bend Tee with angled branch 700 738 10 60.5 32.7 16.7 8.4 42.8
800 842 10 78.7 42.6 21.7 10.9 55.7

F
900 945 10 99.2 53.7 27.4 13.7 70.1
F
1000 1048 10 122.0 66.0 33.7 16.9 86.3

1100 1152 10 147.4 79.8 40.7 20.4 104.2

1200 1255 10 174.9 94.7 48.3 24.2 123.7
1400 1462 10 237.4 128.5 65.5 32.9 167.9
thrust force occurring at bends thrust force occurring at angled branch 1500 1565 10 272.0 147.2 75.1 37.7 192.4
1600 1668 10 309.0 167.2 85.3 42.8 218.5
1800 1875 10 390.5 211.3 107.7 54.1 276.1

Calculation formula F=2xPxAxsin (N) Calculation formula F=PxAxsin (N)
2 2000 2082 10 481.5 260.6 132.8 66.7 340.4
Where: A cross sectional area of the pipe 1 The values of thrust F in the above table are calculated on the basis of actual OD of pipes
Angle of the elbow
4.7.2 Form of concrete anchor blocks 4.7.2.2 anchor block for bends
4.7.2.1 Anchor block for tees and pipe end

settlement point
joint
ground surface
H2
L/2
H5
settlement ground surface settlement point joint
H2
joint
H5
L/2
settlement joint
D/2 D/2
H
I
D/2 D/2
L
L/2
H
H1
L/2
H1
B
200
B B
B
Horizontal bend anchor blochs
Anchor blocks of vertical tees
H1
ground surface
H2
settlement joint
L/2
H5
settlement joint
H
I
D/2 D/2
L
H2
L/2
glass wool clothes and straw ropes

H1
B
B 200 500 glass wool clothes and straw ropes
B 200 500
Horizontal bend anchor blochs
Anchor blocks of plug
4.7.3 Anchor blocks design 4.7.3.2 Anchor blocks of straight up bend
When designing the concrete blocks , full consideration shall be The vertical component N of resultant external thrusts F on the
taken to provide sufficient resistance so as to bear thrust under crossing section of the straight up bend and the weight of water
any conditions, including laying conditions and ground conditions, filling in the pipe are supported by the subsoil at the bottom
size and weight of the blocks , weight of backfilled soil , soil surface of the blocks, the projective area of the half-packed
reaction against the blocks, as well as friction between pipe and the blocks is calculated with the following formula:
surrounding soil.
N+G1
Blocks shall not be built on soft soil. For soft soil, the soil around the S= 2
(m )
[R]-H
blocks shall be replaced with sand or other applicable material that
can provide adequate soil reaction against the blocks. Where: N vertical component of F (kN)
The bearing capacity of the ground shall be carefully checked. If it is G1 total weight of water filled in bends and pipe
relatively small, then the foundation area of concrete blocks can be acting on the blocks (kN)
expanded, or the groundation should be strengthened. [R] allowable bearing capacity of foundation
(kPa)
4.7.3.1 Design of anchor blocks for tees, horizontal concrete gravity density (kN/m2)
bends and blank flanges H height of blocks (m)
The resultant force F of the external thrust on the crossing section
shall be less than sum of the soil reaction against the blocks at 4.7.3.3 Anchor blocks of straight down bend
the back of blocks and bottom friction of the blocks, i.e., KFtotal The vertical component N of resultant external thrust F son the
resistance of anchor blocks T: crossing section of straight down bend shall be less than the
total weight (G1+G2)of anchor blocks; the horizontal component
T: T=K(T1+T2 ) (N) Np shall be less than the allowable friction be supported by the
pipe joint:
Where: K safety coefficient, K 1.5
Np=F x sin f(G1+G3-N)+T1
T1 soil reaction against the blocks (N)
T2 bottom friction (N) Where: G1 total weight of water filled in bends and pipe
acting on the anchor blocks (N)
G3 total weight of the anchor blocks (N)
f friction coefficient between the anchor blocks
and soil.
T1 passive earth pressure (N)
The straight down bend shall be selected ones with small angle
as possible to reduce weight of the anchor blocks.
4.7.4 Anchoring length of self-anchored system Anchoring Length of Self-anchored Pipe (for Reference Only)
It is impossible to set the anchored concrete anchor blocks under some special circumstances, such as: Dimentions in millimeters
No sufficient space for the specified anchor blocks due to too narrow construction site;
DN Dead end 90 45 22.5 11.25
When the pipeline is crossing a river or a bridge;
Covering
1.0 1.5 2.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 1.0 1.5 2.0
When the pipeline is crossing a swamp height
Therefore, during design and construction of ductile iron pipe, a special fitting or equipment is required to 80 5.9 3.9 2.8 4.6 3.0 2.2 2.9 1.9 1.4 1.6 1.1 0.8 0.9 0.6 0.5
100 7.2 4.8 3.5 5.6 3.7 2.7 3.5 2.3 1.7 2.0 1.3 1.0 1.0 0.7 0.5
properly connect relevant pipes and fittings together, making the pipeline connection flexible and rigid, so
125 8.8 5.9 4.4 6.9 4.6 3.4 4.3 2.9 2.1 2.4 1.6 1.2 1.3 0.9 0.6
that the joints of pipeline at this section can pass force between each other. The friction generated between 150 10.1 6.9 5.1 8.0 5.4 4.0 4.9 3.3 2.5 2.8 1.9 1.4 1.5 1.0 0.7
the pipeline and the surrounding soil can effectively offset the stress generated in the axial and radial 200 13.4 9.1 6.9 10.5 7.2 5.4 6.5 4.5 3.4 3.7 2.5 1.9 1.9 1.3 1.0
directions, thus the anchor blocks can be eleminated. 250 16.4 11.4 8.6 12.9 8.9 6.8 8.0 5.5 4.2 4.5 3.1 2.4 2.4 1.6 1.2
300 19.4 13.5 10.3 15.2 10.6 8.1 9.5 6.6 5.0 5.3 3.7 2.8 2.8 2.0 1.5
This joint can resist the thrust in places where space is limited or where soil behind the fitting is unable to
400 24.9 17.7 13.6 19.5 13.9 10.7 12.1 8.6 6.6 6.8 4.8 3.7 3.6 2.6 2.0
provide sufficient support. This restriction method involves the proper locations of these special joints and 450 27.7 19.8 15.3 21.7 15.5 12.1 13.5 9.7 7.5 7.6 5.4 4.2 4.0 2.9 2.2
fittings, so as to determine number of pipes at each side of the joint in advance. 500 30.0 21.6 16.8 23.6 16.9 13.2 14.6 10.5 8.2 8.2 5.9 4.6 4.3 3.1 2.4
600 34.6 25.2 19.7 27.2 19.8 15.5 16.9 12.3 9.6 9.5 6.9 5.4 5.0 3.7 2.9
Xinxing can provide the ductile iron pipe with self-anchored joint as follows:
700 38.8 28.6 22.5 30.5 22.4 17.7 18.9 13.9 11.0 10.6 7.8 6.2 5.6 4.1 3.3
1) TF self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe (see Section 1.5 for details)
800 42.6 31.6 25.1 33.4 24.9 19.7 20.8 15.4 12.2 11.6 8.7 6.9 6.2 4.6 3.6
2) Xanchor self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe (see Section 1.6 for details) 900 46.2 34.7 27.7 36.3 27.2 21.7 22.5 16.9 13.5 12.6 9.5 7.6 6.7 5.0 4.0
Anchoring length of self-anchored pipe 1000 49.6 37.6 30.1 39.0 29.5 23.7 24.2 18.3 14.7 13.6 10.3 8.2 7.2 5.4 4.4
1100 52.8 40.3 32.5 41.5 31.7 25.5 25.8 19.7 15.9 14.4 11.0 8.9 7.7 5.8 4.7
Restrained length is to calculate how many pipes with self-anchored joints shall be needed along two sides
1200 55.7 42.9 34.8 43.7 33.7 27.3 27.2 20.9 17.0 15.2 11.7 9.5 8.1 6.2 5.0
of the bend, so as to counteract hydraulic thrust force caused by the pressured liquid within the bend with
1400 60.7 47.4 38.7 47.7 37.2 30.4 29.6 23.1 18.9 16.6 12.9 10.6 8.8 6.9 5.6
the frictional force between the pipe and the soil. 1600 65.8 52.0 42.9 51.7 40.9 33.7 32.1 25.4 21.0 18.0 14.2 11.7 9.5 7.5 6.2
The anchoring length for bend and pipe end are as following: 1800 69.0 55.1 45.8 54.2 43.3 36.0 33.7 26.9 22.3 18.9 15.1 12.5 10.0 8.0 6.6
ancho Note: 1. The following factors shall be considered for the anchoring length of the self-anchored pipe:
length ring le
oring ngth
anch Laying conditions of the pipeline;
anchoring length
Backfilling quality and compactness of backfill;
Physical properties of backfill, such as internal friction angle;
bend portion Terminal 2.The table above applies to the buried pipeline being coated with ordinary metallic zinc coating or metallic zinc and general
finishing layer in the ordinary soil with an internal friction angle of 30 , test pressure of 10 bar, and safety factor of 1.2.
3 When the DI pipe has PE sleeve or its external coating is polyurethane, the data in the table can be multiplied by 1.9; if
more accurate data are needed, please contact us.
4. If data in the table is divided by 10 and then multiplied by the pressure value (in bar) you need, the result can be
obtained for the pressure required;
Chapter V
Construction,
Installation and
Acceptance of
Ductile Iron Pipe
5.1 Trench excavation 118
5.1.1 Trench excavation shall comply with the following requirements
5.1.2 Trench width
5.1.3 Foundation treatment
5.2 Pipe installation 120
5.2.1 Preparation
Chapter V 5.2.2 Installation of ductile iron pipe with T-type joint
5.2.3 Installation of ductile iron pipe with XT2-type joint
5.2.4 Installation of ductile iron pipe with TF self-anchored joint
Construction, 5.2.5 Installation of ductile iron pipe with Xanchor self-anchored joint
5.2.6 Installation of PE protective sleeve
5.2.7 Construction of XTJ jacking pipe
Installation and 5.2.8 Construction under special conditions
5.3 Trench backfill143
5.4 Site Repairing of coating 144
Acceptance of 5.5 Methods of circle calibration 144
5.6 Pipe cutting 145
5.7 Welding of self-anchored joint bead 146
Ductile Iron Pipe 5.8 Repairing the damaged pipeline 148
5.9 Pressure test and acceptance150
5.9.1 Provisions on pressure test
5.9.2 Water injection
5.9.3 Pressure test procedure
5.9.4 Eligibility criteria
5.1 Trench excavation Table 1 Reference Width of Pipe Trench
5.1.1 Trench excavation shall comply with the following requirements:
DN W DN W
(1) The excavated section of the trench shall meet the design requirements; the original subsoil at the
80 680 700 1300
trench bottom cannot be disturbed. For mechanical excavation, 200 ~ 300mm soil layer shall be reserved at
100 700 800 1400
the trench bottom which will be excavated manually to the designed elevation and then leveled off; 150 750 900 1500
(2) The trench bottom shall not be subject to water immersion or freezing, otherwise, it is necessary to use 200 800 1000 1600
250 850 1100 1700
sand gravel or limestone soil to backfill;
300 900 1200 1800
(3) When the soil layer at the trench bottom is miscellaneous fill or corrosive soil, they shall be excavated 350 950 1400 2000
completely and then the foundation shall be treated according to the design requirements; 400 1000 1500 2100
450 1050 1600 2200
(4) Joint holes shall be reserved at each joint for the socket of the pipe, so as to ensure straightness of the
500 1100 1800 2400
pipe and meet the requirement of installation; 600 1200 2000 2600
(5) For those influenced on the groundwater, the dewatering and drainage program for construction shall be A. The W in above table refers to the clear width of a pipeline trench.
developed according to the design requirements. B. If wood supports, baffles, braces and auxiliary means are used, the trench shall be widened to facilitate the
placement of them.
5 .1.3 Foundation treatment

(1) The pipeline foundation shall meet the design requirements. When strength of the natural foundation
of pipeline fails to meet the design requirements, it shall be reinforced in accordance with the design
requirements.
(2) When part of the original soil foundation is over-excavated or disturbed at the trench bottom, it shall be
treated in accordance with the following requirements:
When the over-excavation depth is no more than 150mm, it can be backfilled and compacted with the
original soil, which compactness shall not be less than that of the original foundation soil;
When the foundation soil at the trench bottom contains large amount of water and is not suitable to
5.1.2 Trench width
compact, some effective measures shall be taken, such as replacement.
The trench shall be excavated in accordance with the design requirements. If no design requirements are
When the foundation soil is disturbed due to impeded drainage, it can be treated as the following
available, trench patterns can refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2, and the width W of the trench bottom can
methods:
refer to Table 1.
When the disturbance depth is within 100mm, the naturally graded sandstone or gravel shall be used to
backfill;
When the disturbance depth is within 300mm and the lower part is hard, it is suitable to use the pebbles
or rubbles to backfill, then use the gravel to fill the gaps and level up the surface;
(3) When the original foundation is composed of rock or hard soil, a sand bed of 150 ~ 200mm in thickness
W W shall be paved beneath the pipeline;
shoring without shoring
Figure 1 Pipe trench in poor soil Figure 2 Pipe trench in good soil
(4) Cleaning the joint parts for the pipe spigot and socket
Clean the joint parts of the pipe spigot and socket before the pipe laying, especially for location to place
gasket, where dust, sand, stones and other substances are not allowed.
5.2 Pipe installation (5) Pipe plug
When the pipes are not in laying, measures shall be taken to seal the pipe ends under installation, so as to
5.2.1 Preparation avoid sewage or sand in the trench from entering the pipes.
(1) Pipe laying
Prepare all tools, instruments and equipment ready as required before installation. All pipes, fittings, valves
5.2.2 Installation of ductile iron pipe with T-type joint
and fire hydrants are arranged along both sides of the trench. Dont place at the side with piles of soil as
(1) Installation of gasket
possible.
Put the gasket into the groove of the socket .
For the gasket with smaller size ( DN800), it shall be bent into the shape as shown in Figure 3 and
then put into the sealing groove of the socket ;
For the gasket with larger size (> DN800), it shall be bent into the shape as shown in Figure 4 and then
put into the sealing groove of the socket;
When the gasket is put into the socket, impose radial force to keep it fully into the groove of socket, as
shown in Figure 5;
(2) Putting pipes into the trench

Carefully put the pipe into the trench with the help of the crane, rope or other suitable tools or equipment.
Its forbidden to directly throw or dump the pipe in the trench.
The lifting shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements in 3.1 Lifting of ductile iron pipes.
(3) Inspection
Carefully check whether there is damage and other defects on the pipes before installation.
Figure 3 DNDN800 Figure 4 DN DN800
(2) Joint connection
While connecting, firstly align the socket and the spigot of two pipes, then slowly push the
spigot into the socket, and insert it between the two spigot lines, as shown in the Figure7.
Stop the installation immediately if too much resistance is found during inserting the ductile
iron pipe. Pull out the pipe and check location of the gasket, the socket and the spigot of the
pipe, identify the causes and handle them properly before re-installation.
Note: Mark the spigot line clearly before installation while installing the sawed ductile iron
pipe.
Figure 5
Lubricate the working surfaces of gasket and the

spigot of another pipe, as shown in Figure 6 Figure 7 Insert depth of the spigot
Different tools can be used to install in view of specifications of ductile iron pipes:
Simple tools, like crowbar can be used for the pipes below DN150. Hardwood must be
used to protect between the crowbar and the socket surface (see Figure 8);
Tools like steel cable and guide chain can be used for installation of pipes above DN200
(the contact between the steel cable or guide chain and pipes shall be protected by a flexible
Labricating
paste materials , so as to avoid damage to the pipe body and both internal and external coatings)
Figure 6 Application of lubricant (see Figure 9). Please refer to Table 2 for the tonnage and quantity of guide chains for
installing ductile iron pipes of different specifications; an excavator can also be used for such
installation (Figure 10), position between the pipe and bucket must be protected by hardwood ;
Figure 8 Installation of pipes of DN80~DN150 Figure 9 Installation of pipes of DN200-DN2600
Table 2 Guide Chain Parameter for T-type Joint Pipe Installation Table 3 Insertion Depth of Spigot end for T-type Joint Ductile Iron Pipes (Recommended)
DN Guide chain parameters (tonnage) Chain guide (PCS)
100~200 1 1 P-10 P-10 P-10
300~400 2 1 DN T-type XT2-type DN T-type XT2-type DN T-type XT2-type

Joint Joit Joint Joint Joint Joint
500~600 5 1
80 75 82 450 110 105 1400 230 235
700~800 5 1
100 78 84 500 110 107 1500 240
900~1000 5 2
125 80 600 110 112 1600 250 255
1200~1400 8 2~3
150 85 90 700 140 137 1800 290 265
1600~2000 10 2~3
200 90 800 150 2000 309 280
95
250 95 900 165 147 2200 318
300 100 97 1000 175 2400 336

Wooden block or block of other material
350 100 100 1100 190 2600 355
400 100 102 1200 205 157
Figure 10 installation with an excavator

5.2.3 Installation of ductile iron pipe with XT2-type joint
The connection method sees 5.2.2 Installation of ductile iron pipe with T-type joint and the insertion depth of
(3) Installation check
the spigot sees Table 3.
Upon the completion of connection, the method shown in Figure 11 can be used to check the position of the
gasket :
Use a thin and narrow steel ruler to check the compression ratio of gasket at the four points around the
5.2.4 Installation of ductile iron pipe with TF self-anchored joint
spigot with an angle of 90 between them. The steel ruler shall be inserted with the almost same depths at 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
four points, which can indicate a normal connection of joint.
The insertion depth at the spigot generally equals to the depth P of socket minus 10mm (see Table 3 for the
dimensions of the spigot insertion). In real installation, the first spigot line of one pipe shall all be covered by
the socket end of its adjoining pipe, and the second spigot line shall be exposed.
Think narrow ruler
Figure 12
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Bolts with
Welded
Name Gland Locking ring Spigot hooked Gasket Socket
bead
Figure 11 Inspecting installation position of gasket head
(1) Inspection and cleaning before installation
Clean the working surface of socket with brush. Carefully check whether there is
defect on the inner surface of the socket, especially the sealed working surface which
may affect the sealing;
Check whether there is defect on the gasket, gland, and locking ring for connection;
Check whether the chamfer of self-anchored spigot and welded bead at the spigot
can meet the installation requirements.
Figure 13 Installation diagram of gland and welded bead
(2) Installation Steps

First, push gland 1 and locking ring 2 successively from the spigot 4 and pass
them through thrust welded bead 3, as shown in the figure 17. When the locking ring
completely crosses the welded bead, push it back so that the locking ring can fit with
the end face of the welded bead;
Insert spigot 4 into socket 7 of another pipe with gasket 6 installed (Please refer to
5.2.2 Installation of ductile iron pipe with T-type joint for the specific connection).
Move the gland to the locking ring. Adjust the gap between gland 1 and the pipe
body to make it substantially evenly well-distributed, keep the end faces of gland 1
and socket 7 in parallel, make the internal conical surface of gland 1 to closely fit the
external conical surface of locking ring 2, then tighten hook bolt 5 to fix gland 1 with
socket 7 by tightening hook bolt 5. When tightening the bolt, take care to it is necessary
to carefully check and adjust so that the bevel eave tile slope of hook bolt 5 fits well
with the boss of the socket, and so that the gap between gland 1 and the face of the
socket end can be even almost even
5.2.5 Installation of ductile iron pipe with Step 2: align two beveled adges of the front stoppers with the
Xanchor self-anchored joint corresponding beveled adges of two rear stoppers; then press
Install gasket the front stoppers between two rear stoppers, see Figure 17;
Installed gasket is as shown in Figure 14. Its installation Note: Be sure to press them completely in place
is the same as that of T-type joint. Please refer to 5.2.2
Installation of ductile iron pipe with T-type joint for details;
Figure 17 Installation of front stopper

Figure 14 Installation of Sealing Ring
Installation of the support ring Step 3: alternately install the rear and front stoppers. When
Put the support ring in the position of the socket as shown in installing the last front stopper, a crowbar may be required to
Figure 15; press it between two rear stoppers due to the squeezing of
stoppers, see Figure 18;
Figure 15 Installation of the support ring Figure 18 Finish Installation of Stoppers
Installation of the stopper Connection of socket and spigot

Step 1: install two rear stoppers onto two adjacent bulges in The installation is the same as that of XT2-type joint pipe.
the support ring, and insert the groove of stopper onto the See 5.2.3 Installation of ductile iron pipe with XT2-type joint
bulge in the support ring, see Figure 16; for details;
Figure 16 Installation of rear stopper Figure 19 Finish Connection of Xanchor Joint
5.2.6 Installation of PE protective sleeve Note: if this method is applied to the pipe connected with bolted, a layer of PE protective
sleeve must be added at the pipe joints;
PE sleeve method refers to a kind of anti-corrosion method for the metal pipe free from corrosion within
the service period by using a complete PE pipe or sheet to wrap up the buried pipeline before the pipeline Installation sequence (take Method A for instance only)
installation, so as to separate the metal pipes from their corrosive soil environment. Step 1: use steel cable or sling to lift the pipe almost at the middle of the pipe and keep
There have been over 50 years to use PE sleeve to protect ductile iron pipe against corrosion. It have the entire pipe off the ground; cover the already-cut polyethylene sleeve (1m longer than
been proved by extensive laboratory research and practical engineering cases that this method is still the the pipe) on the pipe between the spigot and steel cable from the end of pipe spigot;
most cost-effective method for anti-corrosion, suitable for buried ductile iron pipelines in most corrosive
environments.
Note: The harshly corrosive environments with high-density stray currents and those specified in Annex A of
AWWA C105 are exception.
Performance requirement of PE protective sleeve
The material and performance of PE protective sleeve shall meet the requirements of ISO 8180 or AWWA
C105
Features of PE protective sleeve
A. Easy to construct, and highly cost-effective anti-corrosion; Step 2: lower the pipe into the trench and connect the pipe which has been installed before.
B. Suitable for most corrosive environments;
C. Free maintenance during use;
D. except for the material properties, its protective effect mainly depend on the installation quality.
Installation method
Method A: Covering Method (see the figure below)
Cover a long PE sleeves outside the ductile iron pipe and overlap at the joint of the pipe
Step3: slip the steel cable, lift the socket of the pipe, then spread the PE cover over
the entire barrel of the pipe;
Method B: Wrapping Method (see the figure below)

Wrap whole pipe with a wide PE sheet
Step 4: pull back the surplus polyethylene sleeve at the side of the joint socket, wrap Step 7: secure the fold of the PE sleeve along the axial direction of the pipe barrel
it onto the pipes at the joint and use the adhesive tape to secure it in place; with adhesive tape at every 1m;
Step 8: repair all small rips, tears or other tube damage with adhesive tape or PE
tape;
Step 5: straighten the surplus PE sleeve at the end of the spigot, spread it and wrap
it on the joint. Then bunch the end of the PE pipe onto the ductile iron pipe;
Step 9: carefully backfill the pipe according to AWWA C600 for backfill procedure.
Slowly backfill to prevent damage to the PE sleeve during backfilling;
Dimensions of PE protective sleeve
Table 4 Width of PE Protective Sleeve for Ductile Iron Pipe (mm)
Nominal diameter
Step 6: take up slack in the PE sleeve along the barrel of the pipe to make a snug, 100 200 300 500 800 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000
DN
but not tight, fit. Fold excess polyethylene back over the top of the pipe;
Minimum
Polyethylene 580 950 1300 2000 3050 3720 4400 5470 6550 7200
Width(Sheet)
In order to prevent large hard objects from damaging PE sleeve during backfilling, the grassy meadow
can be put on top of the pipe or sand, loam or soil without stones and other hard objects can be used for
backfilling. It is preferential to forbid from walking on the completed pipes, so as to avoid damage to the PE
sleeve.
For fittings such as tees and crosses, as required by the pipe shapes, it is necessary to cut off the PE
sleeve or directly wrap PE sheet arround the entire pipe and then stick the joints of PE sleeve with the
adhesive tape.
5.2.7 Construction of XTJ jacking pipe

Pipe jacking construction is to utilize the jacking force generated from the jacking equipment in the working
pit to overcome friction between pipe and the surrounding soil and jack the pipe section by section into the
soil as required in the design, then remove the earth till the pipes are laid completely, as shown in the figure
below.
Construction of XTJ jacking pipe
5.2.7.1 Construction investigation

Category and burial depth of soil layer
Physical and mechanical properties of soil mass and soil layer
Groundwater level and pressure
Corrosivity of groundwater and soil
Distribution of underground pipelines and structures, etc.
Dead loads on the ground, such as buildings, and dynamic loads on the ground, etc.
5.2.7.2 Selection of pipe-jacking methods and push bench Main jacking Average XTJ Jacking pipe
Back wall cylinder pressing ring or tooling pipe Push bench Rubber sealing gate
The pipe-jacking methods shall be selected on the basis of nature of the soil layer, pipe diameter,
groundwater level, ground and underground buildings structures and facilities nearby, and so on, and
determined after the technical and economic comparison is conducted. In case no relevant experience is
available, Table 5 can be referred to.
Table 5 Reference for Selection of Push Bench
B
Open push bench Balance push bench
Stratum Earth
Manual Slurry Pressure
Mechanical Extrusion pressure
excavation balance balance balance
Cemented soil, strong

weathered rock
No
groundwater Stable soil a b c d e
Loose soil Figure 20 Working well design
Sludge fd>30KPa Determining min length of the working well

Water content in clayey soil>30%
Minimum internal length of the working well can be calculated with the following formula
La+b+c+d+d+e
Water content in silty soil<30%
Where: Lmin net internal length of the working well (m)
Stratum below Silty soil
a thickness of back wall, generally preferable to 0.6 m
groundwater Sandy soil k<10 cm/s
-4
b length of jack (m), generally preferable to 2.5 m
-4 -3 c thickness of the average pressing ring, generally preferable to 0.2 m

Sandy soil k<10 ~10 cm/s
dthe length of push bench or pipe,Choose a larger value (m)
-3 -2
Gravel sand k<10 ~10 cm/s
esealing width and installation surplus(m)
Including obstacles
Determining min width of the working well
Minimum width of the rectangular working well shall meet the following formula:
5.2.7.3 Installation preparation before construction B=D+(2.0~4.0)
Design requirements of working well and receiving well Where: Bnet internal width of the working well (m)
(1) General regulations Dmaximum external diameter of the pipe (m)
a. To facilitate drainage, excavation and transportation, the working well and receiving well shall be located (3) Sizes of the receiving well
close to the power and water, far away from the residential areas and high-voltage lines, and avoiding Min net internal width of receiving well shall not be more than min net width of the working well; min net
adverse impact on the surrounding buildings, structures and facilities as possible; internal length of the receiving well shall be sufficient for removal of the push bench in the well and hoisting
b. The working well and receiving well can be structured with steel sheet pile, open caisson, underground out of the well as well as connecting the process pipeline.
diaphragm walls or poured piles; Strength of back wall
c. The working well and receiving well can be constructed in the circular, rectangular or polygonal form. The Basic requirements
pipeline-crossing intermediate well and large-depth working well can be circular or polygonal. Sufficient strength
(2) Design of the working well Sufficient rigidity
Flat surface of back wall
Homogeneous material Table 6 Coefficient of Active and Passive Earth Pressures of Soil
Simple structure, easy to assembly and disassembly KP
internal friction angle Coefficient of passive Coefficient of active
Soil category
Calculation formula of reaction force of back wall of soil () earth pressure KP earth pressure KA KA
Assumed that the jacking of the main jack is evenly imposed on the soil mass behind the working pit through Soft soil 10 1.42 0.70 2.03
the back wall, the reaction force R of the back wall shall be 1.2 ~ 1.6 times of total jacking force F0, so as Clay 20 2.04 0.49 4.16
to ensure the safety of the back wall during jacking, the reaction force R can be calculated with the following Sand clay 25 2.46 0.41 6.00
formula: Silty soil 27 2.66 0.38 7.00

2 KP Sandy soil 30 3.00 0.33 9.09
R =aB H +2cH KP+hHKP
2 Gravel soil 35 3.69 0.27 13.67
Where: R reaction force of the total thrust(kN)

5.2.7.4 Main auxiliary equipment for construction
coefficient, range from 1.5 to 2.5
Hoisting machinery
B width of the back wall (m)
Pipe jacking requires equipment for vertical hoisting and transportation. Overhead crane (i.e. portal crane)
bulk weight of soil (kN/m3)
or rotating jib crane (such as truck crane, crawler cranes) can be used under common circumstances, and
H height of back wall (m)
their hoisting capacity must meet the following working requirements:
Kp coefficient of passive earth pressure (see the table below) Mounting and dismounting of pipe-jacking heading machine and jacking equipment;
C cohesion of soil (kPa) Hoisting of the jacking pipeline, mounting and dismounting of top rail;
h height of soil mass from the ground to top of back wall (m) Vertical transportation of earthwork and materials;
Installation of earthwork transportation equipment
There are two kinds of earthwork transportation: transportation within the pipe and the field. For
transportation within the pipe, the nature of soil shall be considered to select type of heading machine,
space of in-pipe work, earth amount for each jacking, jacking length and so on.
Ventilation system
For long distance pipeline, it is usually necessary for worker to operate inside the constructed pipeline
during construction. If the workers stay inside for a long time, it is easy to cause accidents due to anoxia of
human body. Therefore, an air compressor shall be equipped to ventilate the working well and the pipeline,
so as to ensure safety of workers during pipe jacking.
5.2.7.5 Calculation of jacking force

1) Jacking force
The total jacking force of the pipeline can be estimated with the following formula
F0=D1Lfk+NF
Where: F0 standard value of total jacking force (kN)
D1 pipe external diameter (mm)
L designed jacking length of pipeline (m)
fk average friction between the external pipe wall and soil (kN/m2)
NF head resistance of push bench, which can be calculated on basis of Table 8 for different
push bench with different nozzles, (kN).
Table 7 Calculation Formula for Head Resistance of the Push Bench (NF) Take measures to reduce land subsidence
End face of push Common machine Calculation formula of head For unstablized soil, it is applicable to selecte a push bench with balance function,instead of open
Symbol in the formula
bench type resistance
excavating push bench. A ground observation point can be established, and the balance parameters can be
Mechanical
Cutting edge NF=(Dg-t)tR t-blade thickness (m) determined for the push bench with the balance function through trial jacking.
manual excavating
2
Socket mouth Push-in NF=Dg (1-e)R/4 e-opening rate
5.2.8 Construction under special conditions
2 a-grid-sectional parameters
Grid Push-in NF=Dg aR/4
Preferably a = 0.6~1.0
Grid plus air pressure Air pressure balance

2
NF=Dg (aR+Pn)/4 Pnair pressure(kN/m2) 5.2.8.1 Laying pipes on slopes
Earth pressure balance specific gravity of soil(kN/m3)
The risks of landslide may exist when laying pipes under the following slopes:
2
Large cutter cutting Slurry balance NF=Dg HF/4
HFoverburden thickness(m)
Laying pipes on the ground with slope over 20%;
Laying pipes under the ground with slope over 25%;
A. Dg external diameter of push bench (m)
This risk can be eliminated through setting up a concrete block at the back of the socket (in this case, the
B. R extrusion resistance (kN/m2), preferably R = 300 ~ 500kN/m2.
socket shall be located upward), as shown in Figure 21.
5.2.7.6 Excavating and jacking clamps
Excavating and jacking can be started when equipment in the working pit has been installed and kept in
good conditions during inspection. unrestrained joint
Firstly, lower the pipe to the guide rail and put it in place, install the thrust ring, then check elevations of the
pipe center and bottom. If they meet the design requirements, pipe jacking can be started.
Precautions for jacking:
General principles
a. Continuously operate with the principle of jacking following excavating, jacking while excavating followed, Figure 21 Laying pipes on slope
any suspension shall be avoided , otherwise it will increase the resistance and jacking difficulty;
5.2.8.2 Laying pipes on level ground
b. The quality of whole jacking pipeline is related to the jacking direction and elevation of the first section of
For the spigot and socket pipes laid on the ground, its suggested to provide one support for each pipe,
pipe. So it is necessary to frequently measure and check to timely correct the deviation, if any;
such as concrete stand. The support shall be put behind the socket of each pipe;
c. If the stroke of jacking cylinder is less than the length of a single pipe, then the piston can be withdrawn
Fix the pipe onto the support with steel strip. Insert a rubber pad to increase friction between the steel
after the cylinder piston is stretched out for one working stroke, now a thrust ring can be added between the
strip and pipe. Thus, the axial stretch of the pipe resulting from temperature change can be absorbed at
piston and jacking pipe, the jacking can proceed continuously;
each joint;
d. Once the earthwork in front of the pipe collapses or the pressure gauge hand of the pump suddenly
For detailed operations, please refer to Figure 22 and 23.
swings substantially during jacking, the jacking shall be stopped immediately and proceed until the causes
The fittings that are likely to produce thrust due to the internal pressure, such as the elbows and Tees, shall
are identified and the faults are removed;
be protected by the anchorage.
e. The maximum working jacking force of the jacking cylinder shall not exceed the allowable jacking thrust.
Fixing clamp Rubber lining
The relevant measures can be taken to reduce the jacking resistance
The grouting is the most effective way to reduce the jacking resistance during jacking of long distance pipe,
a
namely, injecting slurry around the pipe wall to form a lubricating sleeve so as to reduce resistance when
jacking.
Figure 22 Fixing clip put behind the socket
clamps joints
5.3 Trench backfill
a
(1) Backfill the trench in time when the pipeline construction is completed and passed inspection.
For pressure pipes, both sides and top of pipe, except for the joints, shall be backfilled for no less
than0.5m high before the water pressure test; The rest parts shall be timely backfilled when it is qualified
Figure 23 Pipe laying on level ground during the water pressure test.
Non-pressure pipes shall be timely backfilled when it is qualified during the water pressure test.
5.2.8. 3 Installation through ditches (2) The following requirements shall be met during backfill of the trench:
There are three main installation methods for pipes going through the ditches, Clean up brick, stone, wood blocks and other debris in the trench;
attaching the existing bridge, as shown in Figure 24a; No water shall exist in the trench, and dont backfill with water;
build a special bridge for the pipeline, as shown in Figure 24b; (3) The following requirements shall be complied during trench backfilling:
Hanging under a bridge, as shown in Figure 24c; Check whether there is any damage or deformation on the pipe before backfilling. If any, it shall be
repaired or replaced;
The range of the effective support angle at the pipe base shall be filled and compacted by granular sand,
keeping it contact closely with the pipe wall;
(a) Simultaneously backfill and compact from both sides of pipeline; take measures against pipeline floating
and displacement when backfilling below the centre of pipe;
Manual tamp shall be conducted from the base of pipe bottom to the level of 500mm above the pipe
top during the trench backfilling; The locations beyond 500mm above the pipe top shall be compacted with
L machine from both sides of the pipe;

L
(4) The requirements below shall be met during backfilling:
No organic, frozen soil, or other hard objects over 50mm, such as brick and stone can exist from the
(b) trench bottom to level of 500mm above the pipe top;

When backfilling in the freezing period, frozen soil can be evenly mixed at the range over 500mm above
the pipe top, but its amount can not go beyond 15% of the total volume of the filling;
(5) The loose laying depth of each layer of backfill shall be selected on the basis of the compacting
appliance adopted as specified in Table 8.
L
L
Table 8 Loose Laying Depth of Every Layer of Backfill
43
Compacting appliance Loose laying depth(mm)

(c) Wooden rammer, iron rammer 200
Light compacting appliance 200~250
Roller 200~300
Typical surport Vibratory roller 400
Figure 24 Typical installation forms of pipelines crossing rivers
(6) When the pipe is laid under the roadway, the road shall be paved immediately after the laying; when the
5.6 Pipe cutting
pipe is located in the soft soil layer and low-lying, swamp, or high groundwater level sections, the medium
and coarse sand shall be firstly used to backfill and compact the auxiliary corners of pipe base, and then (1) When the spigot of pipe is damaged due to improper handling, affecting installation, this part shall be cut
medium and coarse sand shall be used to backfill layer by layer till 500mm above the pipe top. off;
(7) When the ductile iron pipe is backfilled to the design elevation, the deformation rate of the pipe shall be (2) In event that the pipe length shall be determined in the field for the sake of installing pipe fittings during
measured and recorded within 12 ~ 24h, which shall meet the design requirements; if there is no design construction, the pipe shall also be cut off;
requirements available, such deformation rate shall not exceed 2%. For the pipe with a diameter DN300, cutting can be conducted at 2/3 of the pipe barrel starting from the
(8) The covering depth above the pipe top shall meet the design requirements; please refer to Appendix B spigot end face;
of this specification if no design requirement is available; For the pipe with a diameter > DN300, the manufacturers generally provide cuttable pipes with a certain
percentage.
(3) Pipe-cutting tools: abrasive cutter or electric metal-saw pipe cutter can be adopted. The method of
5.4 Site repairing of coating oxygen cutting is forbidden, since over-high cutting temperature will affect performance of ductile iron
material;
Any damage on the internal and external coatings during hoisting, transportation and installation must be (4) For T-type joint and XT2-type joint pipe, the newly-cut end shall be rounded and chamfered so as to
repaired. Refer to 1.10 Coating repairs for detailed methods of site repair. avoid the damage to the gasket while installing.
5.5 Methods of circle calibration

X
Ovality may be caused for pipe spigot during transportation
and handling. For the pipes below DN400, the part with oval
Y
Surport
deformation shall be cut off, while for the pipes above DN500,
the circle-calibrating appliance shall be used (as shown in Figure 26 Toothless abrasive cutter Figure 27 Spigot chamfer
Figure 25). The attentions shall be paid during calibration: Jack

Table 9 Dimension of the Spigot Chamfer
(1) The size and shape of block arc at the lower and upper arc
of the jack shall be made respectively in accordance with the DN DE(mm) X(mm) Y(mm) DN(mm) DE(mm) X(mm) Y(mm)
different specifications of pipes to be calibrated;
80 98 9 3 600 635 9 3
(2) Reference data for jacking amount of circle calibration: the Figure 25 Deveices for circle-calibrating
100 118 9 3 700 738 15 5
excess jacking is needed during circle calibration, if the nominal
125 144 9 3 800 842 15 5
diameter of pipe is 100mm, it shall be jacked to 105mm while
150 170 9 3 900 945 15 5
calibrating, the excess jacking value is related to such factors
200 222 9 3 1000 1048 15 5
as the size, thickness and elliptical extent of the pipe, and the 250 274 9 3 1100 1152 15 5
actual accurate amount can be determined through test while 300 326 9 3 1200 1255 15 5
calibrating in the field; 350 378 9 3 1400 1462 21 7
(3) Once the cement lining is fractured or crushed while 400 429 9 3 1500 1565 21 7
calibrating, the cement lining shall be repaired as required. 450 480 9 3 1600 1668 21 7
500 532 9 3 1800 1875 27 9
5.7 Welding of self-anchored joint bend Table 10 Dimensions of the Welded Bead for TF Self-anchored Joint
Welded bead parameters(mm) Welded bead parameters(mm)

DN PFA(bar) DN PFA1(bar)
Under guidance of the professional welding engineer, the ductile iron pipe can be welded in the field. a b c a b c
Welding shall be done under certain environment conditions. DN80 82 DN500 116 6 4.5
Welding tools DN100 85 DN600 116 6 4.5
25
Main welding tools cover welder, grinder, nickel-based electrode and copperplate positioning device, etc. DN150 30 89 DN700 148 8 5
Welding procedure DN200 95 DN800 158 8 5

5 4
Firstly, carefully clean the outer surface of pipe with abrasion wheel, as shown in Figure 28. The polishing DN250 105 DN900 23 175 8 5
shall not affect the wall thickness; DN300 105 DN1000 22 185 10 6
Fix the copper plate positioning device onto the external wall of pipe according to the sizes shown in DN350 25 105 DN1100 21 200 10 6
DN400 105 DN1200 20 217 12 6

Table10. The copper guide ring must be close to the pipe wall. If necessary, tap it with a hammer, as shown
in Figure 29; 1 The table above shows parameters of welded bead for TF-seif-anchored joint DIP of K9 class. If the designed pressure
is higher than the PFA value in the table above, the welded bead parameters and wall thickness of pipe shall also be
Layered when welding to ensure the welding quality, as shown in Figure 30; increased correspondingly. Please contact us for the specific parameters.
Remove the copper guide ring, polish the weld ring to the dimensions shown in Figure 30 and Table10.
Coating repair
Clean up the welding area. The cleaned surface is required to be smooth and clean, oil- and dust-free.
Ductile iron pipe Copper guide Welded bead
Please refer to 1.10 Coating repairs for the detailed repair methods of the internal and external coatings.
Figure 28 Surface cleaning Figure 29 Welding ring overlaying
a
b
c
Figure 30 Dimensions of the welded bend for TF self-anchored joint
5.8 Repairing the damaged pipeline (4) Pipe replacement
As shown in Fig33. cut a section of same-size double-spigot short pipe with a length of(L-8) and put it at the
If the ductile iron pipe being used is damaged locally and leaks, it can be repaired with K-type collar repair position for replacement;
solution. Detailed operation is as following: (5) Connection of collar
(1) Excavation and pipe breaking Move axially two K-type collars to the newly-inserted pipe section and connect them The completed
Dig out the damaged part of the pipeline, cut off the damaged pipe section after confirming the damaged connection is shown in the figure 34;
part length,, as shown in Figure31;
breakage
Figure 34 K-type collar repair

Figure 31 Pipe cutting
(2) Preparation of pipe replacement (6) Coating repair
Prepare a section of double-spigot pipe of the same specification and two sets of K-type collar assembly; Repair the coating damaged during cuttings according to the coating-repair requirements provided by the
(3) Install K-type collar manufacturer before installing all the parts. Please refer to 1.10 Coating repairs for detailed repair methods.
Connect two connection ends of K-type collar to two ends of pipe to be repaired, so that the spigot of
original pipe can be inserted into max installation depth of K-type collar, see Fig. 32 for details;
K-type collar
Figure 32 Installation of K-type collar
L
K-type collar Original pipeline
double-spigot short pipe
Figure 33 Installation details of K-type collar
5.9 Pressure test and acceptance Keep the test pressure by a pump at least: one hour for DN 600; three hours for 600 <DN1400; and
six hours for DN> 1400. Meanwhile the water amount for maintaining the pressure shall be measured.
A newly-installed water supply and drainage pipeline shall undergo hydrostatic pressure test before being
put into usage. The test pressure and acceptance criteria can refer to ISO 10802.
5.9.4 Eligibility criteria
Pressure pipeline: water loss shall not exceed 0.001 l/hr/km (pipeline length)/mm (nominal size)/bar (static
5.9.1 Provisions on pressure test pressure, average hydraulic pressure exerted on the test area, if elevations of every location on the entire
Length of pressure test section pipeline are quite different, then the loss criteria shall be calculated on the basis of the weighted average
Unless otherwise stated for pressure pipelines, length of pressure test section shall not be beyond 1,000 ~ pressures). The pressure test is regarded passed when water loss from DN100 pipeline per kilometer under
1,500m. pressure test of 10 bar is not more than 1 l/h.
Test pressure Non-pressure pipelines: water loss shall not exceed 0.1 l/km (pipeline length)/mm (nominal size). However,
1) The test pressure at the lowest point of test area shall not be less than the limit values specified in a) or b) when the prescribed test pressure exceeds 1 bar, the eligibility criteria of pressure pipeline will be applicable.
(whichever is larger).
a) When the working pressure is less than or equal to 10 bar: test value is 1.5 times of the working pressure;
when the working pressure is greater than 10 bar: test value is the working pressure plus 5 bar.
b) Maximum working pressure.
2) The test pressure at the highest point of test area shall not be less than the working pressure at the same
point.
3) The test pressure shall not exceed.
a) Max test pressure applicable to pipes, pipe fittings, flanges and accessories specified in the standard;
b) Design pressure of clamp or anchor device.
5.9.2 Water injection

In general, when water is injected at the lowest point of test pipe section, th water flow shall be
sufficient to ensure that all air can be eliminated; Air exhauster shall be furnished at all higher points of
pipeline.
It is recommended that injected water flow shall not exceed 10% over design operation flow.
Cement-lined pipe shall keep water for a period of time after injection so that the lining can absorb the
water (no less than 24 hours, the time shall be determined according to the local humidity).
5.9.3 Pressure test procedure

Inspect visually all the exposed joints, and fittings, etc. for leaks and other defects after injecting water
and before exerting pressure; when it passed the inspection, the test area shall keep the working pressure
for enough time so as to stabilize the pressure.
Stably increase pressure till the prescribed test pressure after it passed the visual inspection. If
necessary, keep test pressure by a pump within the range of test pressure 0.1 bar for at least 1 hour.
Chapter VI
Xinxing Ductile
Iron Fittings and
Accessories
Chapter VI
Xinxing Ductile
6.1 Names and symbols of the fittings 158
6.2 Technical parameters for fittings and accessories 160
Iron Fittings and

Accessories
(1) Flanged spigot (Refer to Figure 1 and Table 1) (36) T-type spigot cap (Refer to Figure 36 and Table 36)
(2) Socket spigots pipe (Refer to Figure 2 and Table 2 ) (37) T-type socket plugs (Refer to Figure 37 and Table 37)
(3) Collars (Refer to Figure 3 and Table 3) (38) Flexible couplings (Refer to Figure 38 and Table 38)
(4) Flanged socket (Refer to Figure 4 and Table 4) (39) Flange adaptors (Refer to Figure 39 and Table 39)
(5) Double spigot short pipes (Refer to Figure 5 and Table 5) (40) Dismantling joints (Refer to Figure 40 and Table 40)
(6) Double-socket 90 bends (Refer to Figure 6 and Table 6) (41) Flanged bellmouthes (Refer to Figure 41 and Table 41)
(7) Double-socket 45 bends (Refer to Figure 7 and Table 7) (42) Flanges
(8) Double-socket 22.5 bends (Refer to Figure 8 and Table 8) PN10 (Refer to Figure 42 and Table 42)
(9) Double-socket 11.25 bends (Refer to Figure 9 and Table 9) PN16 (Refer to Figure 42and Table 43)
(10) Socket-spigot 90 bends (Refer to Figure 10 and Table 10) PN25 (Refer to Figure 42 and Table 44)
(11) Socket-spigot 45 bends (Refer to Figure 11 and Table 11) PN40(Refer to Figure 42 and Table 45)
(12) Socket-spigot 22.5 bends (Refer to Figure 12 and Table 12) (43) Welded flanges (Refer to Figure43)
(13) Socket-spigot 11.25 bends (Refer to Figure 13 and Table 13) PN10 (Refer to Figure 43 and Table 46)
(14) Double-flanged 90 bends (Refer to Figure 14 and Table 14) PN16 (Refer to Figure 43 and Table 47)
(15) Double-flanged 45 bends (Refer to Figure 15 and Table 15) PN25(Refer to Figure 43 and Table 48)
(16) Double-flanged 22.5 bends (Refer to Figure 16 and Table 16) (44) Welded puddle flanges (Refer to Figure 44 and Table 49)
(17) Double-flanged 11.25 bends (Refer to Figure 17 and Table 17) (45) Blank flanges
(18) Double-flanged 90 bends with Duckfoot (Refer to Figure 18 and Table 18) PN10(Refer to Figure 45 and Table 50)
(19) Double-socket tapers (Refer to Figure 19 and Table 19) PN16(Refer to Figure 45 and Table 51)
(20) Double-flanged tapers (Refer to Figure 20 and Table 20) PN25(Refer to Figure 45 and Table 52)
(21) Double-socket offsets (Refer to Figure 21 and Table 21) (46) Reducing flanges
(22) Socket-spigot offsets (Refer to Figure 22 and Table 22) PN10(Refer to Figure 46 and Table 53)
(23) Double-socket tees with flanged branch (Refer to Figure 23 and Table 23) PN16(Refer to Figure 46 and Table 54)
(24) All flanged tees (Refer to Figure 24 and Table 24) PN25(Refer to Figure 46 and Table 55)
(25) All socket tees (Refer to Figure 25 and Table 25) (47) Flexible puddle flanges (Refer to Figure 47 and Table 56)
(26) Socket-spigot tees with socket branch (Refer to Figure 26 and Table 26) (48) Bolts for flange connection (Refer to Figure 48 and Table 57)
(27) Socket-spigot tees with flange branch (Refer to Figure 27 and Table 27)
(28) Double-socket level invert tees with flanged branch (Refer to Figure 28 and Table 28)
(29) All socket level invert tees (Refer to Figure 29 and Table 29)
(30) Socket spigot level invert tees with flanged branch (Refer to Figure 30 and Table 30)
(31) All socket 45 eccentric tees(Refer to Figure 31 and Table 31)
(32) All flanged 45 eccentric tees (Refer to Figure 32 and Table 32)
(33) All socket crosses (Refer to Figure 33 and Table 33)
(34) All flanged crosses (Refer to Figure 34 and Table 34)
(35) Socket spigot crosses with double socket (Refer to Figure 35 and Table 35)
6.1 Names and symbols of the fittings
No. Product Name Symbol DN Figure No. Table No. No. Product Name Symbol DN Figure No. Table No.
1 Flanged spigots 80~2000 1 1 31 All socket 45 eccentric tees 80~600 31 31
2 Socket spigots 80~1800 2 2 32 All flanged 45eccentric tees 80~600 32 32
3 Collars 80~2000 3 3 33 All socket crosses 80~600 33 33
4 Flanged sockets 80~2000 4 4 34 All flanged crosses 80~600 34 34
5 Double-spigot short pipes 80~2000 5 5 Socket-spigot cross with

35 80~600 35 35
double socket branch
6 Double-socket 90 bends 80~1400 6 6
36 T-type spigot caps 80~1800 36 36
7 Double-socket 45 bends 80~2000 7 7
37 T-type socket plugs 80~1800 37 37
8 Double-socket 22.5 bends 80~2000 8 8
38 Flexible couplings 80~1600 38 38
9 Double-socket 11.25 bends 80~2000 9 9
39 Flange adaptors 80~1600 39 39
10 Socket-spigot 90 bends 80~1400 10 10
40 Dismantling joints 80~1600 40 40
11 Socket-spigot 45 bends 80~2000 11 11
41 Flanged bellmouthes 80~2600 41 41
12 Socket-spigot 22.5 bends 80~2000 12 12
4243
13 Socket-spigot 11.25 bends 80~2000 13 13 42 Flanges 80~2000 42
4445
14 Double-flanged 90 bends 80~1400 14 14
43 Welded-on flanges 40~2000 43 464748
15 Double-flanged 45 bends 80~2000 15 15
44 Welded puddle flanges 80~2000 44 49
16 Double-flanged 22.5 bends 80~2000 16 16
45 Blank flanges 80~2000 45 505152
17 Double-flanged 11.25 bends 80~2000 17 17
46 Reducing flanges 80~800 46 535455
Double-flanged 90 bends
18 80~1000 18 18 47 Flexible puddle flanges 80~1400 47 56
with duckfoot
48 Bolts for flange connection 80~2000 48 57
19 Double-socket tapers 80~2000 19 19
20 Double-flanged tapers 80~2000 20 20
21 Double-socket offsets 100~300 21 21
22 Socket-spigot offsets 100~300 22 22
Double-socket tees with flanged

23 100~2000 23 23
branch
24 All flanged tees 80~2000 24 24
25 All socket tees 80~2000 25 25
Socket spigot tees

26 80~2000 26 26
with socket branch
Socket spigot tees with flanged

27 80~2000 27 27
brand
Double socket level invert tees

28 100~2000 28 28
with flanged branch
29 All socket level invert tees 100~2000 29 29
Socket spigot level invert tees with

30 100~2000 30 30
flanged branch
6.2 Technical parameters for fittings and accessories Table 2 Technical Parameters for Socket and Spigots
(1) Flanged spigots (Refer to Figure 1 and Table 1) DN e L DN e L
80 7 255 600 13.2 425
100 7.2 255 700 14.4 460
125 7.5 265 800 15.6 475
150 7.8 270 900 16.8 500
200 8.4 285 1000 18 515
250 9 300 1100 19.2 540
300 9.6 315 1200 20.4 565
350 10.2 335 1400 22.8 620

Figure 1 Flanged spigots
400 10.8 355 1600 25.2 650
Table 1 Technical Parameters for Flanged Spigots 450 11.4 365 1800 27.6 700
Dimensions in millimetres 500 12 385
DN e L DN e L
80 7 350 700 14.4 600

(3) K-type collars (Refer to Figue 3 and Table 3)
100 7.2 360 800 15.6 600
125 7.5 370 900 16.8 600
150 7.8 380 1000 18 600
200 8.4 400 1100 19.2 600
250 9 420 1200 20.4 600
300 9.6 440 1400 22.8 710
350 10.2 460 1500 24 750
400 10.8 480 1600 25.2 780
450 11.4 500 1800 27.6 850 Figue 3 K-type collars
500 12 520 2000 30 920
600 13.2 560 Table 3 Technical Parameters for Collars
DN e L d
(2) Socket and spigots (Refer to Figure 2 and Table 2 )
80 7 410 109
100 7.2 410 130
125 7.5 415 156
150 7.8 415 183
200 8.4 420 235
250 9 425 288
300 9.6 430 340
Figure 2 Socket spigot
Table 3 Technical Parameters for Collars
(4) Flange sockets (Refer to Figure 4 and Table 4)
DN e L d
350 10.2 435 393
400 10.8 440 445
450 11.4 445 498
500 12 450 550
600 13.2 460 655
700 14.4 470 760
800 15.6 480 865
900 16.8 490 970
1000 18 500 1075
1100 19.2 610 1180
1200 20.4 620 1285

Figure 4 Flanged sockets
1400 22.8 660 1492
1500 24 700 1596

Table 4 Technical Parameters for Flanged Sockets
1600 25.2 710 1699
1800 27.6 730 1905
DN e L DN e L
2000 30 750 2107
80 7 130 700 14.4 190
2200 32.4 770 2316
100 7.2 130 800 15.6 200
2400 34.8 790 2521
125 7.5 135 900 16.8 210
2600 37.2 810 2728
150 7.8 135 1000 18 220
200 8.4 140 1100 19.2 230
250 9 145 1200 20.4 240
300 9.6 150 1400 22.8 310
350 10.2 155 1500 24 330
400 10.8 160 1600 25.2 330
450 11.4 165 1800 27.6 350
500 12 170 2000 30 370
600 13.2 180
(5) Double spigot short pipes (Refer to Figure 5 and Table 5) (6) Double socket 90 bends (Refer to Figure 6 and Table 6)
Figure 6 Double socket 90 bends

Figure 5 Double spigot short pipes
Table 6 Technical Parameters for Double Socket 90 Bends

Table 5 Technical Parameters for Double Spigot Short Pipes
DN e t DN e t
DN DE e DN DE e
80 7 100 500 12 520
80 98 7 700 738 14.4
100 7.2 110 600 13.2 620
100 118 7.2 800 842 15.6
125 7.5 145 700 14.4 720
125 144 7.5 900 945 16.8
150 7.8 170 800 15.6 820
150 170 7.8 1000 1048 18
200 8.4 220 900 16.8 920
200 222 8.4 1100 1152 19.2
250 9 270 1000 18 1020
250 274 9 1200 1255 20.4
300 9.6 320 1100 19.2 1120
300 326 9.6 1400 1462 22.8
350 10.2 370 1200 20.4 1220
350 378 10.2 1500 1565 24
400 10.8 420 1400 22.8 1220
400 429 10.8 1600 1668 25.2
450 11.4 470
450 480 11.4 1800 1875 27.6
500 532 12 2000 2082 30
600 635 13.2
(7) Double socket 45 bends (Refer to Figure 7 and Table 7) (8) Double socket 22.5 bends (Refer to Figure 8 and Table 8)
Figure 7 Double socket 45 bends Figure 8 Double socket 22.5 bends
Table 7 Technical Parameters for Double Socket 45 Bends Table 8 Technical Parameters for Double Socket 22.5 Bends
Dimensions in millimetres Dimensions in millimetres
DN e t DN e t DN e t DN e t
80 7 50 700 14.4 330 80 7 40 700 14.4 175
100 7.2 60 800 15.6 370 100 7.2 40 800 15.6 195
125 7.5 75 900 16.8 415 125 7.5 50 900 16.8 220
150 7.8 85 1000 18 460 150 7.8 55 1000 18 240
200 8.4 110 1100 19.2 505 200 8.4 65 1100 19.2 260
250 9 130 1200 20.4 550 250 9 75 1200 20.4 285
300 9.6 150 1400 22.8 515 300 9.6 85 1400 22.8 260
350 10.2 175 1500 24 540 350 10.2 95 1500 24 270
400 10.8 195 1600 25.2 565 400 10.8 110 1600 25.2 280
450 11.4 220 1800 27.6 610 450 11.4 120 1800 27.6 305
500 12 240 2000 30 660 500 12 130 2000 30 330
600 13.2 285 600 13.2 150
(9) Double socket 11.25 bends (Refer to Figure 9 and Table 9) (10) Socket spigot 90 bends (Refer to Figure 10 and Table 10)
Figure 9 Double socket 11.25 bends Figure 10 Socket spigot 90 bends
Table 9 Technical Parameters for Double Socket 11.25 Bends Table 10 Technical Parameters for Socket Spigot 90 Bends
DN e t DN e t DN e t L DN e t L
80 7 30 700 14.4 95 80 7 100 280 450 11.4 470 670
100 7.2 30 800 15.6 110 100 7.2 110 300 500 12 520 720
125 7.5 35 900 16.8 120 125 7.5 145 325 600 13.2 620 820
150 7.8 35 1000 18 130 150 7.8 170 350 700 14.4 720 900
200 8.4 40 1100 19.2 140 200 8.4 220 400 800 15.6 820 1000
250 9 50 1200 20.4 150 250 9 270 450 900 16.8 920 1100
300 9.6 55 1400 22.8 130 300 9.6 320 500 1000 18 1020 1200
350 10.2 60 1500 24 140 350 10.2 370 550 1200 20.4 1220 1400
400 10.8 65 1600 25.2 140 400 10.8 420 600 1400 22.8 1220 1600
450 11.4 70 1800 27.6 155
500 12 75 2000 30 165
600 13.2 85
(11) Socket spigot 45 bends (Refer to Figure 11 and Table 11) (12) Socket spigot 22.5 bends (Refer to Figure 12 and Table 12)
Figure 11 Socket spigot 45 bends Figure 12 Socket spigot 22.5 bends
Table 11 Technical Parameters for Socket Spigot 45 Bends Table 12 Technical Parameters for Socket Spigot 22.5 Bends
DN e t L DN e t L DN e t L DN e t L
80 7 50 235 700 14.4 330 580 80 7 40 220 700 14.4 175 425
100 7.2 60 245 800 15.6 370 620 100 7.2 40 220 800 15.6 195 445
125 7.5 75 255 900 16.8 415 665 125 7.5 50 230 900 16.8 220 470
150 7.8 85 265 1000 18 460 760 150 7.8 55 235 1000 18 240 540
200 8.4 110 290 1100 19.2 505 805 200 8.4 65 245 1100 19.2 260 560
250 9 130 310 1200 20.4 550 850 250 9 75 255 1200 20.4 285 585
300 9.6 150 330 1400 22.8 515 815 300 9.6 85 265 1400 22.8 260 560
350 10.2 175 355 1500 24 540 840 350 10.2 95 275 1500 24 270 570
400 10.8 195 375 1600 25.2 565 925 400 10.8 110 290 1600 25.2 280 640
450 11.4 220 420 1800 27.6 610 970 450 11.4 120 320 1800 27.6 305 665
500 12 240 440 2000 30 660 1060 500 12 130 330 2000 30 330 730
600 13.2 285 485 600 13.2 150 350
(13) Socket spigot 11.25 bends (Refer to Figure 13 and Table 13) (14) Double flanged 90 bends (Refer to Figure 14 and Table 14)
Figure 13 Socket spigot 11.25 bends Figure 14 Double flanged 90 bends
Table 13 Technical Parameters for Socket Spigot 11.25 Bends Table 14 Technical Parameters for Double Flanged 90 Bends
DN e t L DN e t L DN e L DN e L
80 7 30 210 700 14.4 95 345 80 7 165 450 11.4 550
100 7.2 30 210 800 15.6 110 360 100 7.2 180 500 12 600
125 7.5 35 215 900 16.8 120 370 125 7.5 200 600 13.2 700
150 7.8 35 215 1000 18 130 430 150 7.8 220 700 14.4 800
200 8.4 40 220 1100 19.2 140 440 200 8.4 260 800 15.6 900
250 9 50 230 1200 20.4 150 450 250 9 350 900 16.8 1000
300 9.6 55 235 1400 22.8 130 430 300 9.6 400 1000 18 1100
350 10.2 60 240 1500 24 140 440 350 10.2 450 1200 20.4 1300
400 10.8 65 245 1600 25.2 140 500 400 10.8 500 1400 22.8 1470
450 11.4 70 270 1800 27.6 155 515
500 12 75 275 2000 30 165 565
600 13.2 85 285
(15) Double flanged 45 bends (Refer to Figure 15 and Table 15) (16) Double flanged 22.5 bends (Refer to Figure 16 and Table 16)
Figure 15 Double flanged 45 bends Figure 16 Double flanged 22.5 bends
Table 15 Technical Parameters for Double Flanged 45 Bends Table 16 Technical Parameters for Double Flanged 22.5 Bends
DN e L DN e L DN e L DN e L
80 7 130 700 14.4 480 80 7 125 600 13.2 405
100 7.2 140 800 15.6 530 100 7.2 135 700 14.4 300
125 7.5 150 900 16.8 580 125 7.5 150 800 15.6 330
150 7.8 160 1000 18 630 150 7.8 155 900 16.8 360
200 8.4 180 1100 19.2 695 200 8.4 170 1000 18 390
250 9 350 1200 20.4 750 250 9 340 1100 19.2 420
300 9.6 400 1400 22.8 775 300 9.6 390 1200 20.4 450
350 10.2 300 1500 24 810 350 10.2 290 1400 22.8 460
400 10.8 325 1600 25.2 845 400 10.8 310 1600 25.2 470
450 11.4 350 1800 27.6 910 450 11.4 335 1800 27.6 480
500 12 375 2000 30 980 500 12 360 2000 30 520
600 13.2 425
(17) Double flanged 11.25 bend (Refer to Figure 17 and Table 17) (18) Double-flanged 90 bends with duckfoot (Refer to Figure 18 and Table 18)
Figure 17 Double flanged 11.25 bend Figure 18 Double-flanged 90 bends with duckfoot
Table 17 Technical Parameters for Double Flanged 11.25 Bend Table 18 Technical Parameters for Double-Flanged 90 Bends with Duckfoot
DN e L DN e L DN e t c d DN e t c d
80 7 125 600 13.2 405 80 7 165 110 180 400 10.8 500 320 500
100 7.2 135 700 14.4 205 100 7.2 180 125 200 450 11.4 550 355 550
125 7.5 80 800 15.6 230 125 7.5 200 140 225 500 12 600 385 600
150 7.8 155 900 16.8 245 150 7.8 220 160 250 600 13.2 700 450 700
200 8.4 170 1000 18 265 200 8.4 260 190 300 700 14.4 800 515 800
250 9 340 1100 19.2 320 250 9 350 225 350 800 15.6 900 580 900
300 9.6 390 1200 20.4 360 300 9.6 400 255 400 900 16.8 1000 645 1000
350 10.2 290 1400 22.8 380 350 10.2 450 290 450 1000 18 1100 710 1100
400 10.8 310 1600 25.2 400
450 11.4 335 1800 27.6 410
500 12 360 2000 30 415
(19) Double-socket tapers (Refer to Figure 19 and Table 19) Table 19 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Tapers (continued)
DN e1 dn e2 L DN e1 dn e2 L
250 9 260 600 13.2 880

350 102
300 9.6 160 700 14.4 680
1000 18
80 7 700 800 15.6 480
100 7.2 660 900 16.8 280
150 7.8 560 600 13.2 1080
400 10.8 200 8.4 460 700 14.4 880
250 9 360 1100 19.2 800 15.6 680
300 9.6 260 900 16.8 480
350 10.2 160 1000 18 280
80 7 800 600 13.2 1280
100 7.2 760 700 14.4 1080
150 7.8 660 800 15.6 880

1200 20.4
Figure 19 Double-socket tapers 200 8.4 560 900 16.8 680
450 11.4
250 9 460 1000 18 480
Table 19 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Tapers
300 9.6 360 1100 19.2 280
Dimensions in millimetres 350 10.2 260 600 13.2 960
DN e1 dn e2 L DN e1 dn e2 L 400 10.8 160 700 14.4 860
100 7.2 80 7 90 200 8.4 1080 80 7 900 800 15.6 760
80 7 190 250 9 980 100 7.2 860 1400 22.8 900 16.8 660
150 7.8
100 7.2 150 300 9.6 880 150 7.8 760 1000 18 560
80 7 290 350 10.2 780 200 8.4 660 1100 19.2 460
700 14.4
200 8.4 100 7.2 250 400 10.8 680 500 12 250 9 560 1200 20.4 360
150 7.8 150 450 11.4 580 300 9.6 460 800 15.6 960
80 7 390 500 12 480 350 10.2 360 900 16.8 860
100 7.2 330 600 13.2 280 400 10.8 260 1600 25.2 1000 18 760
250 9
150 7.8 250 400 10.8 880 450 11.4 160 1200 20.4 560
200 8.4 150 450 11.4 780 80 7 1100 1400 22.8 360
80 7 490 800 15.6 500 12 680 100 7.2 1060 1000 18 960
100 7.2 430 600 13.2 480 150 7.8 960 1200 20.4 760
1800 27.6
300 9.6 150 7.8 350 700 14.4 280 200 8.4 860 1400 22.8 560
200 8.4 250 400 10.8 1080 250 9 760 1600 25.2 360
600 13.2
250 9 150 450 11.4 980 300 9.6 660 1000 18 1160
80 7 600 500 12 880 350 10.2 560 1200 20.4 960
900 16.8
100 7.2 560 600 13.2 680 400 10.8 460 2000 30 1400 22.8 760
350 10.2
150 7.8 460 700 14.4 480 450 11.4 360 1600 25.2 560
200 8.4 360 800 15.6 280 500 12 260 1800 27.6 360
(20) Double-flanged tapers (Refer to Figure 20 and Table 20) Table 20 Technical Parameters for Double-Flanged Tapers (continued)
100 7.2 750 700 14.4 700

900 16.8
150 7.8 700 800 15.6 600
350 10.2 200 8.4 650 600 13.2 1000
250 9.0 600 700 14.4 800

1000 18
300 9.6 300 800 15.6 700
80 7 800 900 16.8 600
100 7.2 800 600 13.2 1100
150 7.8 750 700 14.4 1000
400 10.8 200 8.1 700 1100 19.2 800 15.6 800
250 9.0 650 900 16.8 700
300 9.6 600 1000 18 600
350 10.2 300 600 13.2 1150
80 7 900 700 14.4 1100

Figure 20 Double-flanged tapers
100 7.2 900 800 15.6 1000
1200 20.4
150 7.8 800 900 16.8 800
Table 20 Technical Parameters for Double-Flanged Tapers
200 8.4 750 1000 18 700
450 11.4
Dimensions in millimetres 250 9.0 700 1100 19.2 600
DN e1 dn e2 L DN e1 dn e2 L 300 9.6 650 600 13.2 860
100 7.2 80 7 200 250 9.0 1050 350 10.2 600 700 14.4 850
80 7 300 300 9.6 1000 400 10.8 300 800 15.6 950
150 7.8
100 7.2 280 350 10.2 900 80 7 950 1400 22.8 900 16.8 1100
80 7 600 700 14.4 400 10.8 800 100 7.2 950 1000 18 1000
200 8.4 100 7.2 600 450 11.4 750 150 7.8 900 1100 19.2 800
150 7.8 300 500 12 700 200 8.4 800 1200 20.4 700
80 7 650 600 13.2 600 500 12 250 9.0 750 1500 24 1400 22.8 600
100 7.2 600 400 10.8 1030 300 9.6 700 1000 18 1650
250 9
150 7.8 600 450 11.4 900 350 10.2 650 1100 19.2 1465
1600 25.2
200 8.4 300 800 15.6 500 12.0 800 400 10.8 600 1200 20.4 1000
80 7 700 600 13.2 700 450 11.4 300 1400 22.8 910
100 7.2 700 700 14.4 600 80 7 1050 1000 18 1760
300 9.6 150 7.8 650 400 10.8 1100 100 7.2 1050 1200 20.4 1710
200 8.4 600 450 11.4 1050 150 7.8 1000 1800 27.6 1400 22.8 1340
900 16.8
250 9 300 500 12 1000 600 13.2 200 8.4 950 1500 24 1550
350 10.2 80 7 750 600 13.2 800 250 9.0 900 1600 25.2 970
300 9.6 800 1000 18 2160

2000 30
350 10.2 750 1200 20.4 2140
Table 20 Technical Parameters for Double-Flanged Tapers (continued) (22) Socket-spigot offsets (Refer to Figure 22 and Table 22)
400 10.8 700 1400 22.8 1770
600 13.2 450 11.4 650 1500 24 1585

200 30
500 12 600 1600 25.2 1400
700 14.4 200 8.4 1100 1800 27.2 1030
(21) Double-socket offsets (Refer to Figure 21 and Table 21)
Figure 22 Socket-spigot offsets
Table 22 Technical Parameters for Socket-Spigot Offsets
DN e Lu R
100 7.2 470 150
150 7.8 475 150
200 8.4 600 200
250 9 700 250
Figure 21 Double-socket offsets 300 9.6 800 300
Table 21 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Offsets
DN e L R
100 7.2 475 200
150 7.8 625 250
200 8.4 655 300
250 9 665 300
300 9.6 670 300
(23) Double-socket tees with flanged branch (Refer to Figure 23 and Table 23) Table 23 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Tees with Flanged Branch (continued)
Body Branch Body Branch
DN e L dn e1 h DN e L dn e1 h
180 80 8.1 265 595 400 12.6 735

200 100 8.4 270 640 450 13.3 725
230 125 8.7 275 690 500 14 730
250 10.5
260 150 9.1 280 810 600 15.4 745
1000 21
315 200 9.8 290 930 700 16.8 760
375 250 10.5 300 1040 800 18.2 775
180 80 8.1 295 1160 900 19.6 790
205 100 8.4 300 1290 1000 21 825
230 125 8.7 300 240 80 8.1 730
300 11.2 260 150 9.1 310 260 100 8.4 730
320 200 9.8 320 290 125 8.7 735
380 250 10.5 330 310 150 9.1 740
Figure 23 Double-socket tees with flanged branch 435 300 11.2 340 360 200 9.8 745
185 80 8.1 325 420 250 10.5 755
205 100 8.4 330 480 300 11.2 760
Table 23 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Tees with Flanged Branch
230 125 8.7 330 530 350 11.9 770
270 150 9.1 340 1100 22.4 600 400 12.6 795
350 11.9
Body Branch Body Branch 325 200 9.8 350 650 450 13.3 795
DN e L dn e1 h DN e L dn e1 h 385 250 10.5 360 700 500 14 795
80 8.1 170 80 8.1 165 590 400 12.6 675 420 300 11.2 370 830 600 15.4 825
170 80 8.1 175 640 450 13.3 665 495 350 11.9 380 940 700 16.8 830
100 8.4
190 100 8.4 180 690 500 14 670 185 80 8.1 355 1050 800 18.2 835
210 100 8.4 360 1170 900 19.6 850
170 80 8.1 190 900 19.6 800 600 15.4 685
230 125 8.7 360 1280 1000 21 870
125 8.7 195 100 8.4 195 920 700 16.8 700
270 150 9.1 370 1390 1100 22.4 880
225 125 8.7 200 1040 800 18.2 715
400 12.6 325 200 9.8 380 240 80 8.1 790
170 80 8.1 205 1170 900 19.6 750
385 250 10.5 390 260 100 8.4 790
195 100 8.4 210 240 80 8.1 670
150 9.1 440 300 11.2 400 290 125 8.7 795
230 125 8.7 215 260 100 8.4 670
480 350 11.9 410 310 150 9.1 800
255 150 9.1 220 290 125 8.7 675
560 400 12.6 420 360 200 9.8 805
175 80 8.1 235 310 150 9.1 680 190 80 8.1 370 420 250 10.5 815
1000 21 1200 23.8
200 100 8.4 240 360 200 9.8 705 215 100 8.4 390 480 300 11.2 820
200 9.8 235 125 8.7 240 420 250 10.5 705 230 125 8.7 390 530 350 11.9 830
255 150 9.1 250 480 300 11.2 710 450 13.3 270 150 9.1 400 590 400 12.6 835
315 200 9.8 260 530 350 11.9 720 330 200 9.8 410 650 450 13.3 845
390 250 10.5 420 710 500 14 850
445 300 11.2 430 840 600 15.4 885
Table 23 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Tees with Flanged Branch (continued) Table 23 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Tees with Flanged Branch (continued)
Body Branch Body Branch Body Branch Body Branch
DN e L dn e1 h DN e L dn e1 h DN e L dn e1 h DN e L dn e1 h
480 350 11.9 430 940 700 16.8 885 770 600 15.4 565 705 300 11.2 1155
700 16.8
450 13.3 560 400 12.6 450 1070 800 18.2 915 925 700 16.8 600 820 400 12.6 1170
620 450 13.3 460 1200 23.8 1190 900 19.6 920 240 80 8.1 550 940 500 14 1185
190 80 8.1 400 1300 1000 21 945 260 100 8.4 550 1055 600 15.4 1200
215 100 8.4 420 1520 1200 23.8 955
290 125 8.7 555 1285 800 18.2 1230
240 125 8.7 420 340 80 8.1 870 1800 32.2
310 150 9.1 560 1520 1000 21 1260
280 150 9.1 420 420 100 8.4 875
350 200 9.8 585 1750 1200 23.8 1290
330 200 9.8 440 450 125 8.7 880
420 250 10.5 585 1980 1400 26.6 1320
500 14 380 250 10.5 440 480 150 9.1 880
480 300 11.2 585 2215 1600 29.4 1350
440 300 11.2 440 540 200 9.8 890 800 18.2
530 350 11.9 590 2445 1800 32.2 1380
490 350 11.9 450 560 250 10.5 895
565 400 12.6 480 650 300 11.2 905 580 400 12.6 615 600 200 9.8 1250
600 450 13.3 480 710 350 11.9 910 640 450 13.3 615 660 250 10.5 1260
680 500 14 500 770 400 12.6 920 690 500 14 615 720 300 11.2 1270
195 80 8.1 460 1400 26.6 830 450 13.3 925 800 600 15.4 625 835 400 12.6 1290
200 100 8.4 460 880 500 14 935 920 700 16.8 640 950 500 14 1305
240 125 8.7 465 1030 600 15.4 980 1030 800 18.2 655 1065 600 15.4 1310
260 150 9.1 470 1120 700 16.8 990 240 80 8.1 605 2000 35 1300 800 18.2 1340
340 200 9.8 500 1260 800 18.2 1010 260 100 8.4 610 1530 1000 21 1370
380 250 10.5 500 1350 900 19.6 1020
600 15.4 290 125 8.7 615 1760 1200 23.8 1400
430 300 11.2 500 1495 1000 21 1040
310 150 9.1 620 1995 1400 26.6 1430
490 350 11.9 510 1580 1100 22.4 1045 900 19.6
355 200 9.8 645 2225 1600 29.4 1460
570 400 12.6 540 1700 1200 23.8 1050
420 250 10.5 645 2460 1800 32.2 1490
610 450 13.3 540 1930 1400 26.6 1070
480 300 11.2 650 2690 2000 35 1520
670 500 14 540 580 200 9.8 1030
530 350 11.9 660
800 600 15.4 580 635 250 10.5 1040
210 80 8.1 490 695 300 11.2 1045
230 100 8.4 490 810 400 12.6 1060
250 125 8.7 495 925 500 14 1075
280 150 9.1 500 1600 29.4 1040 600 15.4 1090
345 200 9.8 525 1275 800 18.2 1120
700 16.8 390 250 10.5 525 1505 1000 21 1150
440 300 11.2 525 1740 1200 23.8 1180
500 350 11.9 530 1970 1400 26.6 1210
575 400 12.6 555 2200 1600 29.4 1240
610 450 13.3 545 595 200 9.8 1150
1800 32.2
680 500 14 550 650 250 10.5 1150
(24) All flanged tees (Refer to Figure 24 and Table 24) Table 24 Technical Parameters for All Flanged Tees (continued)
485 125 8.7 280 1650 600 15.4 765

485 150 9.1 280 1650 700 16.8 770
250 10.5
700 200 9.8 325 1000 21 1650 800 18.2 785
700 250 10.5 350 1650 900 19.6 800
425 80 8.1 295 1650 1000 21 825
800 100 8.4 300 610 80 8.1 740
480 125 8.7 300 640 100 8.4 740
300 11.2 505 150 9.1 310 670 125 8.7 745
800 200 9.8 350 700 150 9.1 750
620 250 10.5 330 750 200 9.8 755
800 300 11.2 400 810 250 10.5 765
445 80 8.1 325 860 300 11.2 770
Figure 24 All flanged tees 850 100 8.4 325 920 350 11.9 780
480 125 8.7 325 1100 22.4 980 400 12.6 795
530 150 9.1 340 1030 450 13.3 795
Table 24 Technical Parameters for All Flanged Tees 350 11.9
850 200 9.8 325 1090 500 14 800
Dimensions in millimetres 645 250 10.5 360 1210 600 15.4 825
DN e L dn e1 h DN e L dn e1 h 850 350 11.9 425 1540 800 18.2 845
80 8.1 330 80 8.1 165 980 450 13.3 675 470 80 8.1 355 1600 900 19.6 860
900 100 8.4 350 1660 1000 21 875
330 80 8.1 175 1040 500 14 680
100 8.4 500 125 8.7 345 1780 1100 22.4 890
360 100 8.4 180 1500 600 15.4 705
900 19.6 550 150 9.1 370 610 80 8.1 795
400 80 8.1 190 1500 700 16.8 710
400 12.6 900 200 9.8 360 640 100 8.4 800
125 8.7 400 100 8.4 195 1500 800 18.2 725
665 250 10.5 390 670 125 8.7 805
400 125 8.7 200 1500 900 19.6 750
725 300 11.2 400 700 150 9.1 810
440 80 8.1 205 620 80 8.1 680
760 350 11.9 390 750 200 9.8 815
440 100 8.4 210 640 100 8.4 680
150 9.1 900 400 12.6 450 810 250 10.5 825
440 125 8.7 215 670 125 8.7 685 470 80 8.1 370 870 300 11.2 830
440 150 9.1 220 690 150 9.1 690 950 100 8.4 375 1200 23.8 930 350 11.9 840
520 80 8.1 235 770 200 9.8 705 530 125 8.7 375 990 400 12.6 845
520 100 8.4 240 1000 21 800 250 10.5 705 570 150 9.1 400 1040 450 13.3 855
200 9.8 435 125 8.7 240 840 300 11.2 710 450 13.3 950 200 9.8 375 1100 500 14 860
520 150 9.1 250 910 350 11.9 720 690 250 10.5 420 1240 600 15.4 885
520 200 9.8 260 990 400 12.6 735 745 300 11.2 430 1330 700 16.8 890
790 350 11.9 420 1470 800 18.2 915
405 80 8.1 265 1020 450 13.3 735
250 10.5 860 400 12.6 450 1570 900 19.6 920
700 100 8.4 275 1080 500 14 740
Table 24 Technical Parameters for All Flanged Tees (continued) Table 24 Technical Parameters for All Flanged Tees (continued)
450 13.3 950 450 13.3 475 1700 1000 21 945 540 80 8.1 560 1320 400 12.6 1165
1200 23.8
1000 80 8.1 400 1910 1200 23.8 955 560 100 8.4 560 1400 500 14 1185
1000 100 8.4 400 820 80 8.1 870 590 125 8.7 565 1440 600 15.4 1200
1000 125 8.7 400 860 100 8.4 875 610 150 9.1 570 1660 800 18.2 1230
1000 150 9.1 400 880 125 8.7 880
690 200 9.8 585 1800 132 1880 1000 21 1260
1000 200 9.8 400 900 150 9.1 885
720 250 10.5 585 2100 1200 23.8 1290
500 14 1000 250 10.5 400 910 200 9.8 890
760 300 11.2 590 2320 1400 26.6 1320
1000 300 11.2 500 960 250 10.5 900 800 18.2
830 350 11.9 600 2540 1600 29.4 1350
1000 350 11.9 500 1140 300 11.2 905
910 400 12.6 615 2760 1800 32.2 1380
1000 400 12.6 500 1210 350 11.9 915
940 450 13.3 615 980 200 9.8 1240
1000 450 13.3 500 1250 400 12.6 920
1000 500 14 500 1400 26.6 1270 450 13.3 930 1000 500 14 620 1055 250 10.5 1245
1100 80 8.1 450 1290 500 14 960 1350 600 15.4 645 1200 300 11.2 1250
1100 100 8.4 450 1320 600 15.4 980 1330 700 16.8 665 1350 400 12.6 1285
1100 125 8.7 450 1440 700 16.8 990 1350 800 18.2 675 1450 500 14 1295
1100 150 9.1 450 1540 800 18.2 1010 580 80 8.1 620 1500 600 15.4 1310
1100 200 9.8 450 1670 900 19.6 1020 600 100 8.4 620 2000 35 1720 800 18.2 1340
1100 250 10.5 450 1760 1000 21 1040 630 125 8.7 625 1940 1000 21 1370
600 15.4
1100 300 11.2 550 1880 1100 22.4 1055 650 150 9.1 630 2160 1200 23.8 1400
1100 350 11.9 550 1980 1200 23.8 1070
900 19.6 730 200 9.8 645 2380 1400 26.6 1430
1100 400 12.6 550 2200 1400 26.6 1100
760 250 10.5 645 2600 1600 29.4 1460
1100 450 13.3 550 1575 600 15.4 1035
1500 28 800 300 11.2 650 2820 1800 32.2 1490
1100 500 14 550 2040 1000 21 1095
870 350 11.9 660 2950 2000 35 1520
1100 600 15.4 550 920 200 9.8 1040
950 400 12.6 675
500 80 8.1 500 980 250 10.5 1040
520 100 8.4 500 1150 300 11.2 1045
550 125 8.7 505 1270 400 12.6 1055
570 150 9.1 510 1300 500 14 1070
650 200 9.8 525 1600 29.4 1380 600 15.4 1090
680 250 10.5 525 1600 800 18.2 1120
700 16.8 740 300 11.2 530 1820 1000 21 1150
790 350 11.9 540 2040 1200 23.8 1180
870 400 12.6 555 2260 1400 26.6 1210
900 450 13.3 555 2480 1600 29.4 1240
960 500 14 560 940 200 9.8 1140
1180 600 15.4 575 1800 32.2 1010 250 10.5 1145
1200 700 16.8 600 1180 300 11.2 1150
(25) All socket tees (Refer to Figure 25 and Table 25) Table 25 Technical Parameters for All Socket Tees (continued)
DN e Lu dn e1 Lu DN e Lu dn e1 Lu
260 150 9.1 175 810 600 15.4 585

250 10.5 315 200 9.8 180 930 700 16.8 585
375 250 10.5 190 1000 21 1040 800 18.2 605
190 80 8.1 195 1160 900 19.6 605
205 100 8.4 195 1270 1000 21 635
240 125 8.7 200 240 80 8.1 605
300 11.2 260 150 9.1 200 260 100 8.4 605
320 200 9.8 205 290 125 8.7 605
375 250 10.5 210 310 150 9.1 605
435 300 11.2 220 370 200 9.8 605
180 80 8.1 220 430 250 10.5 605
200 100 8.4 220 490 300 11.2 605
Figure 25 All socket tees 240 125 8.7 225 540 350 11.9 610
250 150 9.1 225 1100 22.4 600 400 12.6 610
350 11.9
Table 25 Technical Parameters for All Socket Tees 300 200 9.8 230 640 450 13.3 610
Dimensions in millimetres 360 250 10.5 240 690 500 14 615

420 300 11.2 245 810 600 15.4 620
480 350 11.9 250 930 700 16.8 630
DN e Lu dn e1 Lu DN e Lu dn e1 Lu
170 80 8.1 245 1040 800 18.2 660
80 8.1 170 80 8.1 85 590 400 12.6 530
190 100 8.4 245 1160 900 19.6 665
170 80 8.1 95 640 450 13.3 535
100 8.4 240 125 8.7 250 1270 1000 21 670
190 100 8.4 95 690 500 14 535
250 150 9.1 250 1380 1100 22.4 680
170 80 8.1 105 900 19.6 800 600 15.4 535
400 12.6 310 200 9.8 255 240 80 8.1 665
125 8.7 195 100 8.4 110 920 700 16.8 535
360 250 10.5 260 260 100 8.4 665
225 125 8.7 110 1040 800 18.2 550 420 300 11.2 265 290 125 8.7 665
170 80 8.1 120 1150 900 19.6 575 480 350 11.9 275 310 150 9.1 675
195 100 8.4 120 240 80 8.1 560 540 400 12.6 280 360 200 9.8 675
150 9.1
230 125 8.7 125 260 100 8.4 560 180 80 8.1 270 420 250 10.5 675
255 150 9.1 125 290 125 8.7 560 200 100 8.4 270 480 300 11.2 680
175 80 8.1 145 310 150 9.1 570 250 125 8.7 275 1200 23.8 530 350 11.9 685
200 100 8.4 145 360 200 9.8 570 260 150 9.1 275 590 400 12.6 685
310 200 9.8 280 650 450 13.3 695
200 9.8 230 125 8.7 145 1000 21 420 250 10.5 570 450 13.3
370 250 10.5 285 710 500 14 695
255 150 9.1 150 480 300 11.2 575
430 300 11.2 290 820 600 15.4 695
315 200 9.8 155 530 350 11.9 575
480 350 11.9 300 940 700 16.8 695
180 80 8.1 170 590 400 12.6 580
540 400 12.6 305 1050 800 18.2 710
250 10.5 200 100 8.4 170 640 450 13.3 585
600 450 13.3 310 1170 900 19.6 710
230 125 8.7 175 690 500 14 585
Table 25 Technical Parameters for All Socket Tees (continued) Table 25 Technical Parameters for All Socket Tees (continued)
DN e Lu dn e1 Lu DN e Lu dn e1 Lu DN e Lu dn e1 Lu DN e Lu dn e1 Lu
200 80 8.1 295 1290 1000 21 710 260 100 8.4 455 640 400 12.6 980
1200 23.8
230 100 8.4 295 1520 1200 23.8 760 290 125 8.7 455 760 500 14 990
250 125 8.7 300 250 80 8.1 765 310 150 9.1 460 875 600 15.4 1000
280 150 9.1 300 270 100 8.4 765 360 200 9.8 465 1105 800 18.2 1025
330 200 9.8 310 300 125 8.7 765
420 250 10.5 465 1800 32.2 1340 1000 21 1045
500 14 380 250 10.5 310 330 150 9.1 765
480 300 11.2 470 1570 1200 23.8 1065
440 300 11.2 320 390 200 9.8 765
800 18.2 530 350 11.9 475 1800 1400 26.6 1090
490 350 11.9 325 440 250 10.5 765
590 400 12.6 475 2215 1600 29.4 1150
540 400 12.6 330 480 300 11.2 770
640 450 13.3 485 2260 1800 32.2 1130
600 450 13.3 335 530 350 11.9 770
690 500 14 485 420 200 9.8 1080
660 500 14 340 590 400 12.6 770
180 80 8.1 345 1400 26.6 650 450 13.3 770 800 600 15.4 485 540 300 11.2 1080
200 100 8.4 345 710 500 14 770 920 700 16.8 495 650 400 12.6 1080
250 125 8.7 350 820 600 15.4 775 1030 800 18.2 515 770 500 14 1090
260 150 9.1 350 940 700 16.8 785 240 80 8.1 505 885 600 15.4 1100
320 200 9.8 360 1050 800 18.2 815 260 100 8.4 505 1300 800 18.2 1165
2000 35
380 250 10.5 360 1170 900 19.6 815 290 125 8.7 505 1350 1000 21 1185
600 15.4
430 300 11.2 370 1290 1000 21 815 310 150 9.1 515 1760 1200 23.8 1210
900 19.6
490 350 11.9 375 1400 1100 22.4 825 360 200 9.8 520 1815 1400 26.6 1190
550 400 12.6 380 1520 1200 23.8 835
420 250 10.5 520 2225 1600 29.4 1250
610 450 13.3 385 1740 1400 26.6 855
480 300 11.2 525 2460 1800 32.2 1275
670 500 14 390 855 600 15.4 850
1500 28 530 350 11.9 525 2690 2000 35 1295
780 600 15.4 400 1320 1000 21 895
210 80 8.1 395 400 200 9.8 865
230 100 8.4 405 455 250 10.5 865
250 125 8.7 405 515 300 11.2 870
280 150 9.1 405 630 400 12.6 880
330 200 9.8 415 745 500 14 890
390 250 10.5 415 1600 29.4 860 600 15.4 900
700 16.8 440 300 11.2 415 1095 800 18.2 925
500 350 11.9 420 1325 1000 21 945
560 400 12.6 425 1560 1200 23.8 965
610 450 13.3 430 1970 1400 26.6 1030
680 500 14 430 2200 1600 29.4 1050
770 600 15.4 430 410 200 9.8 970
910 700 16.8 455 1800 32.2 470 250 10.5 970
800 18.2 240 80 8.1 445 530 300 11.2 970
(26) Socket-spigot tees with socket branch (Refer to Figure 26 and Table 26) Table 26 Technical Parameters for Socket-Spigot Tees with Socket Branch (continued)
DN e Lu J DN e1 Lu DN e Lu J DN e1 Lu
115 315 125 8.7 170 345 650 500 14 585

130 310 150 9.1 175 415 715 600 15.4 585
250 10.5
160 340 200 9.8 180 470 770 700 16.8 585
1000 21
190 370 250 10.5 190 530 830 800 18.2 605
95 300 80 8.1 190 580 880 900 19.6 605
105 285 100 8.4 195 645 945 1000 21 635
120 320 125 8.7 225 120 435 80 8.1 600
300 11.2 130 310 150 9.1 200 130 450 100 8.4 600
160 340 200 9.8 205 145 460 125 8.7 600
190 370 250 10.5 210 155 480 150 9.1 600
220 400 300 11.2 220 185 510 200 9.8 605
90 300 80 8.1 215 215 540 250 10.5 605
Figure 26 Socket-spigot tees with socket branch 100 310 100 8.4 215 245 560 300 11.2 605
120 325 125 8.7 215 270 590 350 11.9 610
Table 26 Technical Parameters for Socket-Spigot Tees with Socket Branch 125 340 150 9.1 215 1100 22.4 300 615 400 12.6 610
350 11.9
Dimensions in millimetres 160 340 200 9.8 220 320 635 450 13.3 610
190 370 250 10.5 235 345 665 500 14 615
220 400 300 11.2 235 405 725 600 15.4 620
DN e Lu J DN e1 Lu DN e Lu J DN e1 Lu
250 430 350 11.9 235 415 715 700 16.8 630
80 8.1 85 275 80 8.1 85 295 590 400 12.6 530
85 300 80 8.1 240 535 835 800 18.2 660
85 275 80 8.1 95 320 610 450 13.3 535
100 8.4 95 310 100 8.4 240 590 890 900 19.6 665
95 275 100 8.4 95 350 600 500 14 535 120 330 125 8.7 250 635 1060 1000 21 670
85 280 80 8.1 105 900 19.6 410 660 600 15.4 535 125 340 150 9.1 250 705 1005 1100 22.4 680
125 8.7 95 290 100 8.4 110 470 720 700 16.8 535 400 12.6 165 345 200 9.8 250 120 475 80 8.1 655
110 295 125 8.7 110 520 815 800 18.2 550 195 375 250 10.5 260 130 490 100 8.4 665
85 275 80 8.1 120 585 835 900 19.6 575 220 400 300 11.2 265 145 500 125 8.7 665
100 280 100 8.4 120 120 420 80 8.1 550 250 430 350 11.9 265 155 515 150 9.1 675
150 9.1
115 305 125 8.7 120 130 435 100 8.4 560 280 460 400 12.6 265 180 545 200 9.8 675
90 320 80 8.1 265 210 575 250 10.5 675
130 310 150 9.1 125 145 445 125 8.7 560
100 330 100 8.4 265 240 605 300 11.2 680
90 275 80 8.1 145 155 465 150 9.1 570 1200 23.8
125 345 125 8.7 275 265 630 350 11.9 685
100 280 100 8.4 145 180 495 200 9.8 570
1000 21 130 360 150 9.1 275 295 655 400 12.6 685
200 9.8 115 305 125 8.7 145 210 525 250 10.5 570
450 13.3 155 390 200 9.8 280 325 675 450 13.3 695
130 310 150 9.1 150 240 545 300 11.2 575
185 415 250 10.5 285 355 710 500 14 695
160 340 200 9.8 155 265 575 350 11.9 575
215 445 300 11.2 290 385 675 600 15.4 695
90 300 80 8.1 170 295 600 400 12.6 580
250 10.5 240 460 350 11.9 290 470 820 700 16.8 695
100 280 100 8.4 170 320 620 450 13.3 585 270 500 400 12.6 290 535 835 800 18.2 710
Table 26 Technical Parameters for Socket-Spigot Tees with Socket Branch (continued) Table 26 Technical Parameters for Socket-Spigot Tees with Socket Branch (continued)

DN e Lu J DN e1 Lu DN e Lu J DN e1 Lu DN e Lu J DN e1 Lu DN e Lu J DN e1 Lu
450 13.3 300 525 450 13.3 290 595 895 900 19.6 710 120 355 80 8.1 445 380 885 500 14 990
100 320 80 8.1 295 1200 23.8 650 950 1000 21 710 130 355 100 8.4 455 440 935 600 15.4 1000
115 330 100 8.4 295 770 1070 1200 23.8 760
145 370 125 8.7 455 550 1050 800 18.2 1025
125 345 125 8.7 300 125 500 80 8.1 755
155 380 150 9.1 460 650 1165 1000 21 1045
140 360 150 9.1 300 135 515 100 8.4 755 1800 32.2
180 410 200 9.8 465 785 1275 1200 23.8 1065
165 390 200 9.8 300 1400 26.6 150 525 125 8.7 760
210 440 250 10.5 465 850 1380 1400 26.6 1090
500 14 195 395 250 10.5 310 165 540 150 9.1 765
240 450 300 11.2 470 1000 1490 1600 29.4 1150
225 425 300 11.2 315 195 570 200 9.8 765 800 18.2
265 485 350 11.9 475 1100 1595 1800 32.2 1130
255 455 350 11.9 315 220 600 250 10.5 765
290 540 400 12.6 475 210 720 200 9.8 1080
285 485 400 12.6 315 240 630 300 11.2 770
300 525 450 13.3 315 265 655 350 11.9 770 320 535 450 13.3 485 240 750 250 10.5 1080
340 540 500 14 325 295 680 400 12.6 770 350 600 500 14 485 270 780 300 11.2 1080
90 325 80 8.1 345 325 700 450 13.3 770 410 660 600 15.4 485 325 830 400 12.6 1080
100 330 100 8.4 345 355 735 500 14 770 460 690 700 16.8 495 385 885 500 14 1090
125 345 125 8.7 350 410 790 600 15.4 775 525 775 800 18.2 515 440 935 600 15.4 1100
1400 26.6
130 360 150 9.1 350 470 845 700 16.8 785 120 410 80 8.1 495 2000 35 650 1050 800 18.2 1165
160 390 200 9.8 350 525 905 800 18.2 815 130 425 100 8.4 505 675 1165 1000 21 1185
190 415 250 10.5 360 600 900 900 19.6 815
600 15.4 145 435 125 8.7 505 880 1275 1200 23.8 1210
230 430 300 11.2 365 660 960 1000 21 815
155 455 150 9.1 515 910 1380 1400 26.6 1230
255 455 350 11.9 365 700 1065 1100 22.4 825 900 19.6
180 485 200 9.8 520 1110 1490 1600 29.4 1250
285 485 400 12.6 365 775 1075 1200 23.8 835
210 515 250 10.5 520 1230 1595 1800 32.2 1275
305 525 450 13.3 365 890 1190 1400 26.6 855
240 535 300 11.2 525 1345 1705 2000 35 1295
345 545 500 14 375 200 720 200 9.8 865
265 565 350 11.9 525
400 600 600 15.4 380 230 750 250 10.5 865
105 345 80 8.1 395 260 780 300 11.2 870
115 345 100 8.4 405 315 830 400 12.6 880
125 360 125 8.7 405 370 885 500 14 890
140 370 150 9.1 405 1600 29.4 430 935 600 15.4 900
165 400 200 9.8 415 550 1050 800 18.2 925
195 430 250 10.5 415 660 1165 1000 21 945
700 16.8 230 480 300 11.2 415 780 1275 1200 23.8 965
260 510 350 11.9 420 985 1380 1400 26.6 1030
290 540 400 12.6 425 1010 1490 1600 29.4 1050
305 525 450 13.3 430 205 720 200 9.8 970
345 595 500 14 430 235 750 250 10.5 970
1800 32.2
405 655 600 15.4 430 265 780 300 11.2 970
465 715 700 16.8 455 320 830 400 12.6 980
(27) Socket-spigot tees with flange branch (Refer to Figure 27 and Table 27) Table 27 Technical Parameters for Socket-Spigot Tees with Flange Branch (continued)
DN e Lu J dn e1 Lu DN e Lu J dn e1 Lu
115 325 125 8.7 255 345 710 500 14 730

130 360 150 9.1 280 405 770 600 15.4 745
250 10.5
150 385 200 9.8 290 465 805 700 16.8 760
1000 21
180 415 250 10.5 300 520 865 800 18.2 775
90 340 80 8.1 295 580 915 900 19.6 790
105 355 100 8.4 300 645 980 1000 21 825
115 360 125 8.7 285 120 465 80 8.1 730
300 11.2 130 390 150 9.1 310 130 475 100 8.4 730
160 415 200 9.8 320 145 490 125 8.7 735
190 445 250 10.5 330 155 510 150 9.1 740
215 475 300 11.2 340 180 540 200 9.8 745
95 345 80 8.1 325 210 570 250 10.5 755
Figure 27 Socket-spigot tees with flange branch 100 355 100 8.4 330 240 590 300 11.2 760
115 360 125 8.7 315 265 625 350 11.9 770
Table 27 Technical Parameters for Socket-Spigot Tees with Flange Branch 135 390 150 9.1 340 1100 22.4 300 655 400 12.6 795
350 11.9
Dimensions in millimetres 160 415 200 9.8 350 325 685 450 13.3 795
190 445 250 10.5 350 350 725 500 14 795
210 475 300 11.2 350 415 785 600 15.4 825
DN e Lu J dn e1 Lu DN e Lu J dn e1 Lu
240 500 350 11.9 380 470 820 700 16.8 830
80 8.1 85 275 80 8.1 165 295 630 400 12.6 675
95 355 80 8.1 355 525 880 800 18.2 835
85 275 80 8.1 175 320 660 450 13.3 665
100 8.4 105 355 100 8.4 360 585 930 900 19.6 850
95 285 100 8.4 180 345 700 500 14 670
115 360 125 8.7 345 640 995 1000 21 870
85 275 80 8.1 190 900 19.6 400 760 600 15.4 685 135 390 150 9.1 370 695 1045 1100 22.4 880
125 8.7 100 285 100 8.4 195 460 795 700 16.8 700 400 12.6 160 415 200 9.8 380 120 500 80 8.1 790
110 275 125 8.7 200 520 855 800 18.2 715 190 445 250 10.5 390 130 510 100 8.4 790
85 275 80 8.1 205 585 905 900 19.6 750 220 475 300 11.2 400 145 525 125 8.7 795
100 285 100 8.4 210 120 450 80 8.1 670 240 500 350 11.9 400 155 545 150 9.1 800
150 9.1
110 285 125 8.7 215 130 460 100 8.4 670 280 530 400 12.6 420 180 570 200 9.8 805
130 310 150 9.1 220 145 475 125 8.7 675 95 355 80 8.1 370 210 600 250 10.5 815
110 355 100 8.4 390 240 630 300 11.2 820
90 275 80 8.1 235 155 495 150 9.1 680 1200 23.8
115 360 125 8.7 405 265 660 350 11.9 830
100 280 100 8.4 240 180 525 200 9.8 705
1000 21 135 390 150 9.1 400 295 690 400 12.6 835
200 9.8 110 285 125 8.7 240 210 555 250 10.5 705
450 13.3 165 415 200 9.8 410 325 720 450 13.3 845
130 310 150 9.1 250 240 575 300 11.2 710
195 445 250 10.5 420 355 760 500 14 850
150 340 200 9.8 260 265 610 350 11.9 720
220 475 300 11.2 430 420 820 600 15.4 885
90 315 80 8.1 265 295 640 400 12.6 735
250 10.5 240 500 350 11.9 440 470 855 700 16.8 885
100 325 100 8.4 270 320 670 450 13.3 725
280 530 400 12.6 450 535 915 800 18.2 915
Table 27 Technical Parameters for Socket-Spigot Tees with Flange Branch (continued) Table 27 Technical Parameters for Socket-Spigot Tees with Flange Branch (continued)
DN e Lu J dn e1 Lu DN e Lu J dn e1 Lu DN e Lu J dn e1 Lu DN e Lu J dn e1 Lu
450 13.3 310 555 450 13.3 460 595 965 900 19.6 920 120 355 80 8.1 550 410 860 400 12.6 1170
95 355 80 8.1 400 1200 23.8 650 1030 1000 21 945 130 355 100 8.4 550 470 915 500 14 1185
110 355 100 8.4 420 760 1145 1200 23.8 955 145 371 125 8.7 555 525 970 600 15.4 1200
120 360 125 8.7 420 170 525 80 8.1 870 155 381 150 9.1 560 640 1090 800 18.2 1230
140 390 150 9.1 425 210 535 100 8.4 875
175 395 200 9.8 585 1800 32.2 760 1210 1000 21 1260
165 415 200 9.8 440 225 550 125 8.7 880
210 441 250 10.5 585 875 1315 1200 23.8 1290
500 14 190 445 250 10.5 440 240 570 150 9.1 880
240 451 300 11.2 585 990 1430 1400 26.6 1320
220 475 300 11.2 440 270 595 200 9.8 890 800 18.2
265 485 350 11.9 590 1110 1540 1600 29.4 1350
245 500 350 11.9 450 280 625 250 10.5 895
290 505 400 12.6 615 1225 1615 1800 32.2 1380
280 530 400 12.6 480 325 655 300 11.2 905
320 535 450 13.3 615 300 730 200 9.8 1250
300 555 450 13.3 480 355 685 350 11.9 910
340 580 500 14 500 385 715 400 12.6 920 345 571 500 14 615 330 760 250 10.5 1260
1400 26.6
100 355 80 8.1 460 415 745 450 13.3 925 400 605 600 15.4 625 360 790 300 11.2 1265
100 355 100 8.4 460 440 785 500 14 935 460 700 700 16.8 640 415 860 400 12.6 1280
120 360 125 8.7 465 515 845 600 15.4 980 515 760 800 18.2 655 475 915 500 14 1295
130 390 150 9.1 470 560 880 700 16.8 990 120 440 80 8.1 605 530 970 600 15.4 1310
170 415 200 9.8 500 630 940 800 18.2 1010 130 450 100 8.4 610 2000 35 640 1090 800 18.2 1340
190 445 250 10.5 490 675 990 900 19.6 1020 145 465 125 8.7 615 765 1210 1000 21 1370
600 15.4
215 475 300 11.2 500 750 1055 1000 21 1040 155 485 150 9.1 620 880 1315 1200 23.8 1400
245 500 350 11.9 510 790 1105 1100 22.4 1045 900 19.6
180 515 200 9.8 645 1000 1430 1400 26.6 1430
285 530 400 12.6 540 850 1170 1200 23.8 1050
210 545 250 10.5 645 1110 1540 1600 29.4 1460
305 555 450 13.3 530 85 275 80 8.1 165
240 565 300 11.2 650 1230 1615 1800 32.2 1490
335 580 500 14 540 225 755 100 8.4 1025
265 600 350 11.9 660 1345 1725 2000 35 1520
400 635 600 15.4 580 260 755 150 9.1 1025
105 345 80 8.1 490 290 730 200 9.8 1030
115 345 100 8.4 490 320 760 250 10.5 1040
125 361 125 8.7 495 345 790 300 11.2 1045
140 370 150 9.1 500 1600 29.4 405 860 400 12.6 1060
170 385 200 9.8 525 520 915 600 15.4 1090
195 430 250 10.5 515 640 970 800 18.2 1120
700 16.8 220 440 300 11.2 520 750 1090 1000 21 1150
250 475 350 11.9 530 870 1210 1200 23.8 1180
285 495 400 12.6 555 985 1315 1400 26.6 1210
305 525 450 13.3 545 1100 1430 1600 29.4 1240
340 560 500 14 550 300 730 200 9.8 1150
385 595 600 15.4 565 1800 32.2 320 760 250 10.5 1150
460 690 700 16.8 600 350 790 300 11.2 1155
(28) Double-socket level invert tees with flanged branch (Refer to Figure 28 and Table 28) Table 28 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Level Invert Tees with Flanged Branch (continued)
185 80 8.1 325 290 125 8.7 680

205 100 8.4 330 310 150 9.1 700
230 125 8.7 335 360 200 9.8 700
350 11.9 270 150 9.1 340 420 250 10.5 705
325 200 9.8 350 480 300 11.2 710
1000 21
385 250 10.5 360 530 350 11.9 720
420 300 11.2 370 595 400 12.6 730
185 80 8.1 355 640 450 13.3 745
210 100 8.4 360 690 500 14 750
240 125 8.7 365 810 600 15.4 765
270 150 9.1 370 240 80 8.1 740
400 12.6
325 200 9.8 380 260 100 8.4 750
Figure 28 Double-socket level invert tees with flanged branch 385 250 10.5 390 290 125 8.7 760
440 300 11.2 400 310 150 9.1 750
480 350 11.9 410 360 200 9.8 750
Table 28 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Level Invert Tees with Flanged Branch
215 100 8.4 390 420 250 10.5 755
1100 22.4
Dimensions in millimetres 240 125 8.7 395 480 300 11.2 760
DN e L dn e1 h DN e L dn e1 h 330 200 9.8 410 600 400 12.6 775

450 13.3
100 8.4 170 80 8.1 175 690 500 14 660 390 250 10.5 420 650 450 13.3 805
800 18.2
445 300 11.2 430 700 500 14 810
170 80 8.1 210 800 600 15.4 670
150 9.1 480 350 11.9 440 830 600 15.4 825
195 100 8.4 220 240 80 8.1 630
560 400 12.6 450 240 80 8.1 820
175 80 8.1 235 260 100 8.4 640
190 80 8.1 415 260 100 8.4 820
200 9.8 200 100 8.4 240 290 125 8.7 650
215 100 8.4 420 290 125 8.7 825
255 150 9.1 250 310 150 9.1 640
240 125 8.7 425 310 150 9.1 830
180 80 8.1 265 355 200 9.8 640
280 150 9.1 430 360 200 9.8 840
200 100 8.4 270 420 250 10.5 645
250 10.5 900 19.6 330 200 9.8 440 420 250 10.5 850
500 14 1200 23.8
260 150 9.1 280 480 300 11.2 650 380 250 10.5 450 480 300 11.2 860
315 200 9.8 290 530 350 11.9 670 440 300 11.2 460 530 350 11.9 870
180 80 8.1 295 590 400 12.6 680 490 350 11.9 470 590 400 12.6 880
205 100 8.4 300 640 450 13.3 685 565 400 12.6 480 650 450 13.3 890
230 125 8.7 305 690 500 14 690 600 450 13.3 490 710 500 14 870
300 11.2
260 150 9.1 310 800 600 15.4 705 195 80 8.1 475 840 600 15.4 885
320 200 9.8 320 240 80 8.1 660 200 100 8.4 480 340 80 8.1 905
1000 21 600 15.4
240 125 8.7 485 1400 26.6 420 100 8.4 905
380 250 10.5 330 260 100 8.4 670
260 150 9.1 490 450 125 8.7 910
Table 28 Technical Parameters for Double-Socket Level Invert Tees with Flanged Branch (continued) (29) All socket level invert tees (Refer to Figure 29 and Table 29)
340 200 9.8 500 480 150 9.1 910
380 250 10.5 510 540 200 9.8 920
430 300 11.2 520 560 250 10.5 925
600 15.4 490 350 11.9 530 650 300 11.2 935
570 400 12.6 540 1400 26.6 710 350 11.9 940
610 450 13.3 550 770 400 12.6 945
670 500 14 560 830 450 13.3 955
210 80 8.1 520 880 500 14 965
230 100 8.4 540 1030 600 15.4 970
250 125 8.7 540 460 100 8.4 1015
280 150 9.1 550 580 200 9.8 1050

Figure 29 All socket level invert tees
345 200 9.8 560 635 250 10.5 1060
390 250 10.5 570 1600 29.4 695 300 11.2 1065
700 16.8
440 300 11.2 580 810 400 12.6 1080 Table 29 Technical Parameters for All Socket Level Invert Tees
500 350 11.9 590 925 500 14 1095 Dimensions in millimetres
75 400 12.6 600 1040 600 15.4 1110
610 450 13.3 610 595 200 9.8 1260
680 500 14 620 650 250 10.5 1170
100 8.4 170 80 8.1 100 590 400 12.6 470
770 600 15.4 630 705 300 11.2 1175
1800 32.2 170 80 8.1 110 640 450 13.3 475
240 80 8.1 580 820 400 12.6 1190 125 8.7 800 18.2
195 100 8.4 115 690 500 14 480
260 100 8.4 590 940 500 14 1205
170 80 8.1 120 800 600 15.4 495
290 125 8.7 590 1055 600 15.4 1220
150 9.1 195 100 8.4 120 240 80 8.1 485
310 150 9.1 600 600 200 9.8 1270
230 125 8.7 130 260 100 8.4 490
350 200 9.8 605 660 250 10.5 1280
800 18.2 175 80 8.1 125 290 125 8.7 490
420 250 10.5 610 720 300 11.2 1290
2000 35 200 9.8 200 100 8.4 125 310 150 9.1 495
480 300 11.2 620 835 400 12.6 1310
255 150 9.1 130 360 200 9.8 500
530 350 11.9 630 950 500 14 1325
180 80 8.1 150 420 250 10.5 505
580 400 12.6 640 1065 600 15.4 1330 900 19.6
200 100 8.4 150 480 300 11.2 510
640 450 13.3 650 250 10.5
260 150 9.1 155 530 350 11.9 515
315 200 9.8 160 590 400 12.6 520
190 80 8.1 175 640 450 13.3 525
300 11.2 205 100 8.4 175 690 500 14 530
215 125 8.7 200 800 600 15.4 545
Table 29 Technical Parameters for All Socket Level Invert Tees (continued) Table 29 Technical Parameters for All Socket Level Invert Tees (continued)
260 150 9.1 180 240 80 8.1 535 200 100 8.4 325 270 100 8.4 745
300 11.2 320 200 9.8 185 260 100 8.4 540 230 125 8.7 325 300 125 8.7 755
375 250 10.5 215 290 125 8.7 540 260 150 9.1 330 330 150 9.1 755
180 80 8.1 200 310 150 9.1 545 320 200 9.8 335 390 200 9.8 760
200 100 8.4 200 360 200 9.8 550
380 250 10.5 345 440 250 10.5 765
250 150 9.1 205 420 250 10.5 555 600 15.4
350 11.9 1000 21 430 300 11.2 350 490 300 11.2 770
300 200 9.8 210 480 300 11.2 560 1400 26.6
490 350 11.9 355 530 350 11.9 775
360 250 10.5 240 530 350 11.9 565
550 400 12.6 360 590 400 12.6 780
420 300 11.2 265 590 400 12.6 570
610 450 13.3 385 650 450 13.3 785
170 80 8.1 225 640 450 13.3 575
670 500 14 390 700 500 14 790
190 100 8.4 225 690 500 14 580
220 125 8.7 250 800 600 15.4 590 210 80 8.1 385 820 600 15.4 800
250 150 9.1 230 230 80 8.1 595 230 100 8.4 390 1520 1200 23.8 870
400 12.6
310 200 9.8 235 260 100 8.4 600 250 125 8.7 390 400 200 9.8 885
360 250 10.5 245 280 125 8.7 605 280 150 9.1 395 455 250 10.5 885
420 300 11.2 270 310 150 9.1 610 330 200 9.8 400 515 300 11.2 890
1600 29.4
480 350 11.9 295 370 200 9.8 610 390 250 10.5 405 630 400 12.6 900
700 16.8
180 80 8.1 250 430 250 10.5 615 440 300 11.2 410 745 500 14 910
1100 22.4
200 100 8.4 250 490 300 11.2 620 500 350 11.9 415 860 600 15.4 920
225 125 8.7 255 540 350 11.9 625
560 400 12.6 420 410 200 9.8 990
260 150 9.1 255 600 400 12.6 630
610 450 13.3 425 470 250 10.5 990
450 13.3 310 200 9.8 260 640 450 13.3 630
680 500 14 430 530 300 11.2 990
370 250 10.5 270 690 500 14 635 1800 32.2
770 600 15.4 445 640 400 12.6 1000
430 300 11.2 275 810 600 15.4 640
240 80 8.1 435 760 500 14 1010
480 350 11.9 300 240 80 8.1 635
260 100 8.4 440 875 600 15.4 1020
540 400 12.6 325 260 100 8.4 640
200 80 8.1 275 290 125 8.7 640 290 125 8.7 440 420 200 9.8 1100
230 100 8.4 275 310 150 9.1 645 310 150 9.1 445 480 250 10.5 1100
800 18.2
225 125 8.7 275 360 200 9.8 650 360 200 9.8 450 540 300 11.2 1100
2000 35
280 150 9.1 280 420 250 10.5 655 420 250 10.5 455 650 400 12.6 1100
1200 23.8
330 200 9.8 285 480 300 11.2 660 480 300 11.2 460 770 500 14 1110
500 14
380 250 10.5 295 530 350 11.9 665 530 350 11.9 465 885 600 15.4 1120
440 300 11.2 300 590 400 12.6 670
490 350 11.9 305 650 450 13.3 675
540 400 12.6 330 710 500 14 680
600 450 13.3 355 820 600 15.4 695
600 15.4 180 80 8.1 325 1400 26.6 250 80 8.1 745
(30) Socket spigot level invert tees with flanged branch (Refer to Figure 30 and Table 30) able 30 Technical Parameters for Socket Spigot Level Invert Tees with Flanged Branch (continued)
DN e Lu J dn e1 L DN e Lu J dn e1 L
95 345 80 8.1 325 120 450 80 8.1 680

100 355 100 8.4 330 130 460 100 8.4 700
115 360 125 8.7 335 145 475 125 8.7 700
350 11.9 135 390 150 9.1 340 155 495 150 9.1 705
160 415 200 9.8 350 180 525 200 9.8 710
190 445 250 10.5 360 210 555 250 10.5 720
1000 21
210 475 300 11.2 370 240 575 300 11.2 730
95 355 80 8.1 355 265 610 350 11.9 740
105 355 100 8.4 360 295 640 400 12.6 750
115 360 125 8.7 365 320 670 450 13.3 750
135 390 150 9.1 370 345 710 500 14 750
400 12.6
160 415 200 9.8 380 405 770 600 15.4 765
Figure 30 Socket spigot level invert tees with flanged branch 190 445 250 10.5 390 120 465 80 8.1 750
220 475 300 11.2 400 130 475 100 8.4 750
240 500 350 11.9 410 145 490 125 8.7 750
95 355 80 8.1 385 155 510 150 9.1 755
able 30 Technical Parameters for Socket Spigot Level Invert Tees with Flanged Branch
110 355 100 8.4 390 180 540 200 9.8 760
115 360 125 8.7 395 210 570 250 10.5 765
1100 22.4
Body Branch Body Branch 135 390 150 9.1 400 240 590 300 11.2 775
DN e Lu J dn e1 Lu DN e Lu J dn e1 L 450 13.3 165 415 200 9.8 410 265 625 350 11.9 820
100 8.4 85 275 80 8.1 175 320 535 450 13.3 650 195 445 250 10.5 420 295 655 400 12.6 820
85 275 80 8.1 210 800 18.2 345 571 500 14 660 220 475 300 11.2 430 325 685 450 13.3 805
150 9.1
100 285 100 8.4 220 400 605 600 15.4 670 240 500 350 11.9 440 350 725 500 14 810
90 275 80 8.1 235 120 440 80 8.1 640 280 530 400 12.6 450 410 785 600 15.4 825
95 355 80 8.1 415 120 500 80 8.1 825
200 9.8 100 280 100 8.4 240 130 450 100 8.4 640
110 355 100 8.4 420 130 510 100 8.4 830
130 310 150 9.1 250 145 465 125 8.7 640
120 360 125 8.7 425 145 525 125 8.7 840
90 315 80 8.1 265 155 485 150 9.1 640
140 390 150 9.1 430 155 545 150 9.1 850
100 325 100 8.4 270 180 515 200 9.8 645
250 10.5 165 415 200 9.8 440 180 570 200 9.8 860
130 360 150 9.1 280 210 545 250 10.5 650 500 14
900 19.6 190 445 250 10.5 450 210 600 250 10.5 870
160 385 200 9.8 290 240 565 300 11.2 660 1200 23.8
220 475 300 11.2 460 240 630 300 11.2 880
90 340 80 8.1 295 265 600 350 11.9 670
245 500 350 11.9 470 265 660 350 11.9 890
105 355 100 8.4 295 295 630 400 12.6 680 280 530 400 12.6 480 295 690 400 12.6 905
300 11.2 130 390 150 9.1 310 320 660 450 13.3 685 300 555 450 13.3 490 325 720 450 13.3 905
150 415 200 9.8 320 345 700 500 14 690 100 355 80 8.1 475 355 760 500 14 910
190 445 250 10.5 330 400 760 600 15.4 705 600 15.4 100 355 100 8.4 480 410 820 600 15.4 910
120 360 125 8.7 485 1400 26.6 170 525 80 8.1 910
able 30 Technical Parameters for Socket Spigot Level Invert Tees with Flanged Branch (continued) (31) All socket 45 eccentric tees (Refer to Figure 31 and Table 31)
DN e Lu J dn e1 L DN e Lu J dn e1 L
130 390 150 9.1 490 210 535 100 8.4 910
170 415 200 9.8 500 225 550 125 8.7 920
190 445 250 10.5 510 240 570 150 9.1 925
215 475 300 11.2 520 270 595 200 9.8 935
600 15.4
245 500 350 11.9 530 280 625 250 10.5 940
285 530 400 12.6 540 1400 26.6 325 655 300 11.2 945
305 555 450 13.3 550 355 685 350 11.9 955
335 580 500 14 560 385 715 400 12.6 965
105 345 80 8.1 520 415 745 450 13.3 975
115 345 100 8.4 540 440 785 500 14 985
125 361 125 8.7 540 500 845 600 15.4 990
140 370 150 9.1 550 290 730 200 9.8 1050
Figure 31 All socket 45 eccentric tee
170 385 200 9.8 560 320 760 250 10.5 1060
195 430 250 10.5 570 345 790 300 11.2 1065
700 16.8 1600 29.4
220 440 300 11.2 580 405 860 400 12.6 1080 Table 31 Technical Parameters for All Socket 45 Eccentric Tees
250 475 350 11.9 590 465 895 500 14 1095 Dimensions in millimetres
285 495 400 12.6 600 520 915 600 15.4 1110
size size
305 525 450 13.3 610 300 730 200 9.8 1170 DN dn DN dn
e e1 L h e e1 L h
340 560 500 14 620 320 760 250 10.5 1170
80 80 8.1 8.1 240 85 100 8.4 630 105
385 595 600 15.4 630 350 790 300 11.2 1175
1800 32.2 80 8.1 265 85 125 8.7 630 120
120 355 80 8.1 580 410 860 400 12.6 1190 100 8.4
100 8.4 265 95 150 9.1 635 135
130 355 100 8.4 580 470 915 500 14 1205
80 8.1 295 85 200 9.8 640 165
145 371 125 8.7 600 525 970 600 15.4 1220 400 12.6
125 100 8.7 8.4 300 100 250 10.5 645 190
155 381 150 9.1 605 300 730 200 9.8 1270
125 8.7 300 115 300 11.2 650 220
800 18.2 180 395 200 9.8 610 330 760 250 10.5 1280
80 8.1 325 85 350 11.9 660 250
210 441 250 10.5 620 360 790 300 11.2 1290
2000 35 100 8.4 330 100 400 12.6 665 280
240 451 300 11.2 630 415 860 400 12.6 1310 150 9.1
125 8.7 330 115 100 8.4 690 105
265 485 350 11.9 630 475 915 500 14 1325
150 9.1 335 125 150 9.1 695 135
295 505 400 12.6 640 530 970 600 15.4 1330
80 8.1 385 90 200 9.8 700 165
100 8.4 390 100 250 10.5 705 195

450 13.3
200 125 9.8 8.7 390 115 300 11.2 710 225
150 9.1 395 130 350 11.9 720 250
200 9.8 400 160 400 12.6 725 280
250 80 10.5 8.1 445 90 450 13.3 730 310
Table 31 Technical Parameters for All Socket 45 Eccentric Tees (continued) (32) All flanged 45 eccentric tees (Refer to Figure 32 and Table 32)
size size
DN dn DN dn
e e1 L h e e1 L h
100 8.4 450 100 100 8.4 750 110
125 8.7 450 115 150 9.1 755 140
250 150 10.5 9.1 455 130 200 9.8 760 145
200 9.8 460 160 250 10.5 770 195
250 10.5 465 190 500 300 14 11.2 775 225
80 8.1 505 90 350 11.9 780 255
100 8.4 510 100 400 12.6 785 280
125 8.7 510 115 450 13.3 790 310
300 150 11.2 9.1 515 130 500 14 795 340
200 9.8 520 160 100 8.4 870 110
250 10.5 525 190 150 9.1 880 140
300 11.2 530 220 200 9.8 885 170

Figure 32 All flanged 45 eccentric tees
100 8.4 570 105 250 10.5 890 200
125 8.7 570 120 300 11.2 895 225

600 15.4
150 9.1 575 135 350 11.9 900 255
Table 32 Technical Parameters for All Flanged 45 Eccentric Tees
350 200 11.9 9.8 580 160 400 12.6 905 285
250 10.5 585 190 450 13.3 910 315
300 11.2 590 220 500 14 915 345 size size

DN dn DN dn
350 11.9 595 250 600 15.4 930 400 e e1 h k e e1 h k
80 80 8.1 8.1 390 85 100 8.4 780 105
80 8.1 415 85 125 8.7 780 120

100 8.4
100 8.4 415 95 150 9.1 785 135
80 8.1 445 85 200 9.8 790 165

400 12.6
125 100 8.7 8.4 445 95 250 10.5 795 190
125 8.7 450 110 300 11.2 800 220
80 8.1 475 85 350 11.9 810 250
100 8.4 480 100 400 12.6 815 280

150 9.1
125 8.7 480 115 100 8.4 840 105
150 9.1 485 125 150 9.1 845 135
80 8.1 535 90 200 9.8 850 165

450 13.3
100 8.4 540 100 250 10.5 855 195
200 9.8
125 8.7 540 115 300 11.2 865 225
150 9.1 545 130 350 11.9 870 250
Table 32 Technical Parameters for All Flanged 45 Eccentric Tees (continued) (33) All socket crosses (Refer to Figure 33 and Table 33)
size size
DN dn DN dn
e e1 h k e e1 h k
200 200 9.8 9.8 550 160 400 12.6 875 280
450 13.3
80 8.1 595 90 450 13.3 880 310
100 8.4 600 100 100 8.4 900 110
125 8.7 600 115 150 9.1 915 140

250 10.5
150 9.1 605 130 200 9.8 915 165
200 9.8 610 160 250 10.5 920 195
250 10.5 615 190 500 300 14 11.2 925 225
80 8.1 655 90 350 11.9 930 245
100 8.4 660 100 400 12.6 935 280
125 8.7 660 115 450 13.3 940 310
300 150 11.2 9.1 665 130 500 14 945 340
200 9.8 670 160 100 8.4 1020 110 Figure 33 All socket crosses
250 10.5 675 190 150 9.1 1030 140
300 11.2 680 220 200 9.8 1035 170
100 8.4 720 105 250 10.5 1040 200

Table 33 Technical Parameters for All Socket Crosses
125 8.7 720 120 300 11.2 1045 225
600 15.4 Dimensions in millimetres
150 9.1 725 135 350 11.9 1050 255
350 200 11.9 9.8 730 160 400 12.6 1055 285 Body Branch Body Branch
250 10.5 735 190 450 13.3 1060 315 DN e L dn e1 h DN e L dn e1 h
300 11.2 740 220 500 14 1065 345 80 8.1 85 80 8.1 85 155 200 9.8 250
350 11.9 745 250 600 15.4 1080 400 85 80 8.1 95 180 250 10.5 260
100 8.4
95 100 8.4 95 400 12.6 210 300 11.2 265
85 80 8.1 105 240 350 11.9 265
125 8.7 95 100 8.4 110 270 400 12.6 270
110 125 8.7 110 90 80 8.1 265
85 80 8.1 120 100 100 8.4 265
100 100 8.4 120 125 125 8.7 265

150 9.1
115 125 8.7 120 130 150 9.1 265
130 150 9.1 125 155 200 9.8 270

450 13.3
90 80 8.1 145 185 250 10.5 285
100 100 8.4 145 215 300 11.2 290
200 9.8 115 125 8.7 145 240 350 11.9 290
130 150 9.1 150 270 400 12.6 290
160 200 9.8 155 300 450 13.3 300
Table 33 Technical Parameters for All Socket Crosses (continued) (34) All flanged crosses (Refer to Figure 34 and Table 34)
90 80 8.1 170 100 80 8.1 295
100 100 8.4 170 115 100 8.4 295
115 125 8.7 170 125 125 8.7 295

250 10.5
130 150 9.1 175 140 150 9.1 295
160 200 9.8 180 165 200 9.8 300
190 250 10.5 190 500 14 190 250 10.5 310
95 80 8.1 190 220 300 11.2 315
105 100 8.4 195 245 350 11.9 315
120 125 8.7 225 270 400 12.6 315
300 11.2 130 150 9.1 200 300 450 13.3 315
160 200 9.8 205 330 500 14 330
190 250 10.5 210 90 80 8.1 345

Figure 34 All flanged crosses
220 300 11.2 220 100 100 8.4 345
90 80 8.1 215 125 125 8.7 345

Table 34 Technical Parameters for All Flanged Crosses
100 100 8.4 215 130 150 9.1 345
125 150 9.1 215 160 200 9.8 350 Dimensions in millimetres
350 11.9 150 200 9.8 220 190 250 10.5 360 Body Branch Body Branch
600 15.4
180 250 10.5 235 215 300 11.2 365 DN e L dn e1 h DN e L dn e1 h
210 300 11.2 235 245 350 11.9 365 80 8.1 165 80 8.1 165 235 150 9.1 355
240 350 11.9 240 275 400 12.6 365 165 80 8.1 175 450 200 9.8 350
100 8.4
85 80 8.1 240 305 450 13.3 365 180 100 8.4 180 250 250 10.5 345
400 12.6
95 100 8.4 240 335 500 14 375 200 80 8.1 190 275 300 11.2 370
400 12.6
120 125 8.7 250 390 600 15.4 390 125 8.7 200 100 8.4 195 450 350 11.9 360
125 150 9.1 250 200 125 8.7 200 330 400 12.6 390
220 80 8.1 205 360 100 8.4 400
220 100 8.4 210 380 125 8.7 390

150 9.1
220 125 8.7 215 450 150 9.1 450
220 150 9.1 220 235 200 9.8 370
260 80 8.1 235 450 13.3 475 250 10.5 375
260 100 8.4 240 265 300 11.2 375
200 9.8 220 125 8.7 240 285 350 11.9 400
260 150 9.1 250 475 400 12.6 375
260 200 9.8 260 345 450 13.3 420
250 10.5 200 80 8.1 265 500 14 370 100 8.4 430
Table 34 Technical Parameters for All Flanged Crosses (continued) (35) Socket spigot crosses with double socket (Refer to Figure 35 and Table 35)
350 100 8.4 275 395 125 8.7 420
240 125 8.7 280 430 150 9.1 450
250 10.5 240 150 9.1 280 475 200 9.8 475
350 200 9.8 325 500 250 10.5 400
350 250 10.5 350 500 14 500 300 11.2 400
210 100 8.4 295 500 350 11.9 400
400 125 8.7 300 500 400 12.6 400
240 150 9.1 300 500 450 13.3 400

300 11.2
250 200 9.8 310 500 500 14 400
400 250 10.5 350 500 100 8.4 500
310 300 11.2 330 500 125 8.7 500
400 100 8.4 400 500 150 9.1 500 Figure 35 Socket spigot crosses with double socket
220 125 8.7 325 500 200 9.8 500
425 150 9.1 325 500 250 10.5 500 Table 35 Technical Parameters for Socket Spigot Crosses with Double Socket
350 11.9 240 200 9.8 325 600 15.4 550 300 11.2 450 Dimensions in millimetres
265 250 10.5 340 550 350 11.9 450
DN e1 L L dn e2 h
425 300 11.2 325 550 400 12.6 450
80 8.1 85 260 80 8.1 85
320 350 11.9 360 550 450 13.3 450
85 270 80 8.1 95
340 100 8.4 350 550 500 14 450 100 8.4
400 12.6 95 275 100 8.4 95
425 125 8.7 425 550 600 15.4 450
85 280 80 8.1 120
150 9.1 100 280 100 8.4 120
130 310 150 9.1 125
90 280 80 8.1 145
100 280 100 8.4 145

200 9.8
130 310 150 9.1 150
160 340 200 9.8 155
90 280 80 8.1 170
100 280 100 8.4 170
250 10.5 130 310 150 9.1 175
160 340 200 9.8 180
190 370 250 10.5 190
105 285 100 8.4 195

300 11.2
130 310 150 9.1 200
Table 35 Technical Parameters for Socket Spigot Crosses with Double Socket (continued) (36) T-type spigot cap (Refer to Figure 36 and Table 36)
DN e1 L L dn e2 h
160 340 200 9.8 205
300 11.2 190 370 250 10.5 210
220 400 300 11.2 220
110 290 100 8.4 245
135 315 150 9.1 250
165 345 200 9.8 255

400 12.6
195 375 250 10.5 260
220 400 300 11.2 270
280 460 400 12.6 280 (a) DN300 (b) DN 300
110 310 100 8.4 290
135 335 150 9.1 295
165 365 200 9.8 300 Figure 36 T-type spigot cap
500 14 195 395 250 10.5 315

Table 36 Technical Parameters for T-type Spigot Cap
225 425 300 11.2 320
285 485 400 12.6 330
DN e R DN e R
340 540 500 14 340
80 18 600 29.5 565
110 315 100 8.4 350
100 18 700 31 665
135 340 150 9.1 355
125 18 800 33 760
165 370 200 9.8 360
150 18 900 35 860
195 400 250 10.5 365
600 15.4 200 18 1000 37 960
230 430 300 11.2 370
250 19.5 1100 39 1060
285 485 400 12.6 380
300 23 1200 41 1160
345 545 500 14 390
350 24 315 1400 43 1260
400 600 600 15.4 400
400 25 370 1500 44 2362
450 26 420 1600 45 2715
500 27 460 1800 48 3186
(37) T-type socket plugs (Refer to Figure 36 and Table 36) (38) Flexible couplings (Refer to Figure 38 and Table 38)
(a) DN300
Figure 37 T-type socket plugs

Figure 38 Flexible couplings
Table 37 Technical Parameters for T-type Socket Plugs Table 38 Technical Parameters for Flexible Couplings
DN DE e1 e K.R L size Bolts

DN
80 98 16 7 190 d1 L B b n DIA
100 118 18 7.2 200 80 98 96 40 15 4 M16
125 144 18 7.5 212 100 118 96 40 15 4 M16
150 170 18 7.8 225
150 170 96 40 15 4 M20
200 222 18 7.2 250
200 222 96 46 15 6 M20
250 274 19.5 9.0 250
250 274 116 50 15 6 M24
300 326 23 9.6 275
300 326 116 50 15 6 M24
350 378 24 10.2 315 275
350 378 134 50 20 8 M24
400 429 25 10.8 370 275
450 480 26 11.4 420 275 400 429 134 50 20 8 M27
500 532 27 12 460 275 450 480 134 50 20 10 M27
600 635 29.5 13.2 565 300 500 532 154 55 25 10 M30
700 738 30 14.4 660 320 600 635 174 60 25 10 M33

800 842 30 15.6 760 330 700 738 184 70 30 12 M33
900 945 30 16.8 860 350 800 842 184 70 30 12 M36
1000 1048 35 18 960 360
900 945 214 85 30 14 M36
1100 1152 35 19.2 1060 380
1000 1048 244 92 30 14 M39
1200 1255 35 20.4 1160 390
1200 1255 274 107 30 16 M45
1400 1462 40 22.8 1260 410
1400 1462 360 96 15 18 M24
1500 1565 40 24 1360 420
1500 1565 470 118 25 18 M52
1600 1668 40 25.2 1460 450
1800 1875 45 27.6 1560 480 1600 1668 485 120 30 20 M45
(39) Flange adaptors (Refer to Figure 39 and Table 39) (40) Dismantling joints (Refer to Figure 40 and Table 40)
Figure 40 Dismantling joints

Figure 39 Flange adaptors
Table 39 Technical Parameters for Flange Adaptors Table 40 Technical Parameters for Dismantling Joints
d1 No. of Bolts/n Sizes of Bolts/ DIA L

DN t1 DN
PN10 PN16 PN25 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40
80 70 160 160 160 4 4 4 M16 M16 M16 80 200 200 210 210
100 70 180 180 190 4 4 4 M16 M16 M20 100 200 200 220 220
150 75 240 240 250 4 4 4 M20 M20 M24 150 200 200 230 230
200 75 295 295 310 4 6 6 M20 M20 M24 200 220 220 230 240
250 90 350 355 370 6 6 6 M20 M24 M27 250 220 230 250 260
300 90 400 410 430 6 6 8 M20 M24 M27 300 220 250 250 280
350 100 460 470 490 8 8 8 M20 M24 M30 350 230 260 270 290
400 100 515 525 550 8 8 8 M24 M27 M33 400 230 270 280 340
450 100 565 585 600 10 10 10 M24 M27 M33 450 250 270 280 340
500 114 620 650 660 10 10 10 M24 M30 M33 500 260 280 300 380
600 114 725 770 770 10 10 10 M27 M33 M36 600 260 300 320 390
700 130 840 840 875 12 12 12 M27 M33 M39 700 335 335 335 /
800 130 950 950 990 12 12 12 M30 M36 M45 800 335 335 335 /
900 130 1050 1050 1050 14 14 14 M30 M36 M45 900 355 355 355 /
1000 130 1160 1170 1160 14 14 14 M33 M39 M52 1000 355 355 355 /
1200 130 1380 1390 1380 16 16 16 M36 M45 M52 1200 375 375 375 /
1400 150 1590 1590 1640 18 18 18 M39 M45 M56 1400 380 380 / /
1500 170 1700 1710 - 18 18 - M39 M52 / 1500 450 450 / /
1600 180 1820 1820 - 20 20 - M45 M52 / 1600 450 450 / /
(41) Flange bellmouthes (Refer to Figure 41 and Table 41) (42)Flange
Figure 40 Dismantling joint
PN10 (Refer to Figure 42 and Table 42)
Figure 41 Flange bellmouthes Table 42 Technical Parameters for Flange PN10
Table 41 Technical Parameters for Flange Bellmouthes bolt holes

DN D1 D2 D3 DE a c S r
Dimensions in millimetres d Specification n
80 200 160 132 98 19 3 15 6 19 M16 8

DN D L DN D L
100 220 180 156 118 19 3 15 6 19 M16 8
80 170 120 800 980 380
150 285 240 211 170 19 3 15 8 23 M20 8
100 190 130 900 1095 415
200 340 295 266 222 20 3 16 8 23 M20 8
150 260 150 1000 1210 450
250 400 350 319 274 22 3 17.5 10 23 M20 12
200 300 180 1200 1440 520
300 455 400 370 326 24.5 4 19.5 10 23 M20 12
250 350 200 1400 1670 590
350 505 460 429 378 24.5 4 19.5 10 23 M20 16
300 420 250 1600 1900 660 400 565 515 480 429 24.5 4 19.5 10 28 M24 16
350 550 250 1800 2130 730 450 615 565 530 480 24.5 4 20.5 12 28 M24 20
400 550 250 2000 2360 800 500 670 620 582 532 26.5 4 21 12 28 M24 20
450 620 260 2200 2588 800 600 780 725 682 635 30 5 24 12 31 M27 20
500 680 300 2400 2756 800 700 895 840 794 738 32.5 5 23 16 31 M27 24
600 780 300 2600 3000 900 800 1015 950 901 842 35 5 24.5 16 34 M30 24
700 865 345 900 1115 1050 1001 945 37.5 5 26.5 16 34 M30 28
1000 1230 1160 1112 1048 40 5 28 16 37 M33 28
1100 1340 1270 1218 1152 42.5 5 30 20 37 M33 32
1200 1455 1380 1328 1255 45 5 31.5 20 40 M36 32
1400 1675 1590 1530 1462 46 5 32 20 43 M39 36
1500 1786 1700 1640 1565 47.5 5 33 20 43 M39 36
1600 1915 1820 1750 1668 49 5 34.5 20 49 M45 40
1800 2115 2020 1950 1875 52 5 36.5 20 49 M45 44
2000 2325 2230 2150 2082 55 5 38.5 20 49 M45 48
PN16 (Refer to Figure 42and Table 43) PN25 (Refer to Figure 42 and Table 44)
Table 43 Technical Parameters for Flange PN16 Table 44 Technical Parameters for Flange PN25
bolt holes bolt holes

DN D1 D2 D3 DE a c S r DN D1 D2 D3 DE a c S r
d Specification n d Specification n
80 200 160 132 98 19 3 15 6 19 M16 8 80 200 160 132 98 19 3 15 6 19 M16 8
100 220 180 156 118 19 3 15 6 19 M16 8 100 235 190 156 118 19 3 15 6 23 M20 8
150 285 240 211 170 19 3 15 8 23 M20 8 150 300 250 211 170 20 3 16 8 28 M24 8
200 340 295 266 222 20 3 16 8 23 M20 12 200 360 310 274 222 22 3 17.5 8 28 M24 12
250 400 355 319 274 22 3 17.5 10 28 M24 12 250 425 370 330 274 24.5 3 19.5 10 31 M27 12
300 455 410 370 326 24.5 4 19.5 10 28 M24 12 300 485 430 389 326 27.5 4 22 10 31 M27 16
350 520 470 429 378 26.5 4 21 10 28 M24 16 350 555 490 448 378 30 4 24 10 34 M30 16
400 580 525 480 429 28 4 22.5 10 31 M27 16 400 620 550 503 429 32 4 25.5 10 37 M33 16
450 640 585 548 480 30 4 24 12 31 M27 20 450 670 600 548 480 34.5 4 27.5 12 37 M33 20
500 715 650 609 532 31.5 4 25 12 34 M30 20 500 730 660 609 532 36.5 4 29 12 37 M33 20
600 840 770 720 635 36 5 29 12 37 M33 20 600 845 770 720 635 42 5 33.5 12 40 M36 20
700 910 840 794 738 39.5 5 27.5 16 37 M33 24 700 960 875 820 738 46.5 5 32.5 16 43 M39 24
800 1025 950 901 842 43 5 30 16 40 M36 24 800 1085 990 928 842 51 5 35.5 16 49 M45 24
900 1125 1050 1001 945 46.5 5 32.5 16 40 M36 28 900 1185 1090 1028 945 55.5 5 39 16 49 M45 28
1000 1255 1170 1112 1048 50 5 35 16 43 M39 28 1000 1320 1210 1140 1048 60 5 42 16 56 M52 28
1100 1355 1270 1218 1152 53.5 5 37.5 20 43 M39 32 1100 1420 1310 1240 1152 64.5 5 45 20 56 M52 32
1200 1485 1390 1328 1255 57 5 40 20 49 M45 32 1200 1530 1420 1350 1255 69 5 48.5 20 56 M52 32
1400 1685 1590 1530 1462 60 5 42 20 49 M45 36 1400 1755 1640 1560 1462 74 5 52 20 62 M56 36
1500 1820 1710 1640 1565 62.5 5 43 20 56 M52 36 1600 1975 1860 1780 1668 81 5 56.5 20 62 M56 40
1600 1930 1820 1750 1668 65 5 45.5 20 56 M52 40 1800 2195 2070 1985 1875 88 5 61.5 20 70 M64 44
1800 2130 2020 1950 1875 70 5 49 20 56 M52 44 2000 2425 2300 2210 2082 95 5 66.5 20 70 M64 48
2000 2345 2230 2150 2082 75 5 52.5 20 62 M56 48
PN40 (Refer to Figure 42 and Table 45) PN10 (Refer to Figure 43 and Table 46)
Table 45 Technical Parameters for PN40 Table 46 Technical Parameters for Welded-on Flange PN10
bolt holes DN D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 a c d n r h
DN D1 D2 D3 DE a c S r
d Specification n 80 220 160 132 98 112 118 19 3 19 8 6 50
80 200 160 132 98 19 3 15 6 19 M16 8 100 220 180 156 118 133 139 19 3 19 8 6 60
100 235 190 156 118 19 3 15 6 23 M20 8 125 250 210 170 144 158 164 19 3 19 8 6 60
150 300 250 211 170 26 3 18 8 28 M24 8 150 285 240 211 170 186 192 19 3 23 8 8 60
200 375 320 284 222 30 3 21 8 31 M27 12 200 340 295 266 222 240 246 20 3 23 8 8 64
250 450 385 345 274 34.5 3 24 10 34 M30 12 250 400 350 319 274 294 300 22 3 23 12 10 64
300 515 450 409 326 39.5 4 27.5 10 34 M30 16 300 455 400 370 326 346 352 24.5 4 23 12 10 74
350 580 510 465 378 44 4 31 10 37 M33 16 350 505 460 429 378 400 408 24.5 4 23 16 10 74
400 660 585 535 429 48 4 33.5 10 40 M36 16 400 565 515 480 429 451 459 24.5 4 28 16 10 80
450 685 610 560 480 50 4 35 12 40 M36 20 450 615 565 530 480 500 506 24.5 4 28 20 12 80
500 755 670 615 532 52 4 36.5 12 43 M39 20 500 670 620 582 532 552 558 26.5 4 28 20 12 86
600 890 795 735 635 58 5 40.5 12 49 M45 20 600 780 725 682 635 655 663 30 5 31 20 12 96
700 895 840 794 738 760 768 32.5 5 31 24 12 98
800 1015 950 901 842 866 876 35 5 34 24 12 100
900 1115 1050 1001 945 971 981 37.5 5 34 28 12 103

(43) Welded-on flange
1000 1230 1160 1112 1048 1076 1086 40 5 37 28 12 120
1100 1340 1270 1218 1152 1180 1190 42.5 5 37 32 12 123
1200 1455 1380 1328 1255 1285 1295 45 5 40 32 15 128
1400 1675 1590 1530 1462 1496 1512 46 5 43 36 15 138
1500 1785 1700 1640 1565 1601 1617 47.5 5 43 36 15 140
1600 1915 1820 1750 1668 1706 1722 49 5 49 40 15 142
1800 2115 2020 1950 1875 1917 1933 52 5 49 44 15 145
2000 2325 2230 2150 2082 2126 2136 55 5 49 48 15 148
Figure 43 Welded-on flange
Table 47 Technical Parameters for Welded-on Flange PN16 Table 48 Technical Parameters for Welded-on Flange PN25
DN D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 a c d n r h DN D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 a c d n r h
80 220 160 132 98 112 118 19 3 19 8 6 50 80 220 160 132 98 112 118 19 3 19 8 6 50
100 220 180 156 118 133 139 19 3 19 8 6 60 100 235 190 156 118 133 139 19 3 23 8 6 60
125 250 210 170 144 158 164 19 3 19 8 6 60 125 270 220 184 144 158 164 19 3 28 8 6 60
150 285 240 211 170 186 192 19 3 23 8 8 60 150 300 250 211 170 186 192 20 3 28 8 8 60
200 340 295 266 222 240 246 20 3 23 12 8 64 200 360 310 274 222 239 245 22 3 28 12 8 62
250 400 355 319 274 294 300 22 3 28 12 10 64 250 425 370 330 274 294 300 24.5 3 31 12 10 63.5
300 455 410 370 326 346 352 24.5 4 28 12 10 74 300 485 430 389 326 346 352 27.5 4 31 16 10 73
350 520 470 429 378 400 408 26.5 4 28 16 10 74 350 555 490 448 378 398 408 30 4 34 16 10 76
400 580 525 480 429 451 459 28 4 31 16 10 80 400 620 550 503 429 449 459 32 4 37 16 10 78
450 640 585 548 480 500 506 30 4 31 20 12 86 450 670 600 548 480 500 510 34.5 4 37 20 12 81
500 715 650 609 532 552 558 31.5 4 34 20 12 91 500 730 660 609 532 552 562 36.5 4 37 20 12 83
600 840 770 720 635 655 663 36 5 37 20 12 100 600 845 770 720 635 655 665 42 5 40 20 12 90
700 910 840 794 738 760 768 39.5 5 37 24 12 105 700 960 875 820 738 760 776 46.5 5 43 24 12 95
800 1025 950 901 842 866 876 43 5 40 24 12 108 800 1085 990 928 842 866 886 51 5 49 24 15 100
900 1125 1050 1001 945 971 981 46.5 5 40 28 12 112 900 1185 1090 1028 945 971 991 55.5 5 49 28 15 105
1000 1255 1170 1112 1048 1076 1086 50 5 43 28 12 130 1000 1320 1210 1140 1048 1076 1096 60 5 56 28 15 110
1100 1355 1270 1218 1152 1180 1190 53.5 5 43 32 12 134 1100 1420 1310 1240 1152 1180 1200 64.5 5 56 32 15 115
1200 1485 1390 1328 1255 1285 1295 57 5 49 32 15 138 1200 1530 1420 1350 1255 1285 1305 69 5 56 32 15 120
1400 1685 1590 1530 1462 1496 1512 60 5 49 36 15 152 1400 1755 1640 1560 1462 1496 1516 74 5 62 36 15 125
1500 1820 1710 1640 1565 1601 1617 62.5 5 56 36 15 155 1500 1865 1750 1678 1565 1601 1625 77.5 5 62 36 15 130
1600 1930 1820 1750 1668 1706 1722 65 5 56 40 15 158 1600 1975 1860 1780 1668 1706 1726 81 5 62 40 15 132
1800 2130 2020 1950 1875 1917 1933 70 5 56 44 15 163 1800 2195 2070 1985 1875 1917 1937 88 5 70 44 15 139
2000 2345 2230 2150 2082 2126 2136 75 5 62 48 15 168 2000 2425 2300 2210 2082 2126 2150 95 5 70 48 15 188
(44) Welded puddle flanges (Refer to Figure 44 and Table 49) Table 49 Technical Parameters for Welded Puddle Flanges (continued)
Specification PN10 PN16 PN25
DN D1 D2 b D1 D2 b D1 D2 b
900 1115 945 32.5 1125 945 41.5 1185 945 50.5
1000 1230 1048 35 1255 1048 45 1320 1048 55
1100 1340 1152 37.5 1355 1152 48.5 1420 1152 59.5
1200 1455 1255 40 1485 1255 52 1530 1255 64
1400 1675 1462 41 1685 1462 55 1755 1462 69
1500 1785 1565 42.5 1820 1565 57.5 1865 1565 72.5
1600 1915 1668 44 1930 1668 60 1975 1668 76
1800 2115 1875 47 2130 1875 65 2195 1875 83
2000 2325 2082 50 2345 2082 70 2425 2082 90
Figure 44 Welded puddle flanges

(45) Blank flanges
Table 49 Technical Parameters for Welded Puddle Flanges
Specification PN10 PN16 PN25
DN D1 D2 b D1 D2 b D1 D2 b
80 220 98 16 220 98 16 220 98 16
100 220 118 16 220 118 16 235 118 16
125 250 144 16 250 144 16 270 144 16
150 285 170 16 285 170 16 300 170 17
200 340 222 17 340 222 17 360 222 19
250 400 274 19 400 274 19 425 274 21.5
300 455 326 20.5 455 326 20.5 485 326 23.5
350 505 378 20.5 520 378 22.5 555 378 26 (a) DN300 (b) DN>300
400 565 429 20.5 580 429 24 620 429 28

Figure 45 Blank flanges PN10
450 615 480 20.5 640 480 26 670 480 30.5
500 670 532 22.5 715 532 27.5 730 532 32.5
600 780 635 25 840 635 31 845 635 37

700 895 738 27.5 910 738 34.5 960 738 41.5
800 1015 842 30 1025 842 38 1085 842 46
Table 50 Technical Parameters for Blank Flange (PN10) Table 51 Technical Parameters for Blank Flange (PN16) (continued)
DN D a b c R DN D a b c R
80 200 19 16 3 / 450 640 30 26 4 425
100 220 19 16 3 / 500 715 31.5 27.5 4 475

600 840 36 31 5 575
125 250 19 16 3 /
700 910 39.5 34.5 5 675
150 285 19 16 3 /
800 1025 43 38 5 775
200 340 20 17 3 /
900 1125 46.5 41.5 5 875
250 400 22 19 3 /
1000 1255 50 45 5 975
300 455 24.5 20.5 4 /
1100 1355 53.5 48.5 5 1075
350 505 24.5 20.5 4 325 1200 1485 57 52 5 1175
400 565 24.5 20.5 4 375 1400 1685 60 55 5 1375
450 615 25.5 21.5 4 425 1500 1820 62.5 57.5 5 1475
500 670 26.5 22.5 4 475 1600 1930 65 60 5 1575
600 780 30 25 5 575 1800 2130 70 65 5 1775
700 895 32.5 27.5 5 675 2000 2345 75 70 5 1975
800 1015 35 30 5 775 PN25 (Refer to Figure 45 and Table 52)

900 1115 37.5 32.5 5 875
Table 52 Technical Parameters for Blank Flange (PN25)
1000 1230 40 35 5 975
1100 1340 42.5 37.5 5 1075
DN D a b c R
1200 1455 45 40 5 1175
80 200 19 16 3 /
1400 1675 46 41 5 1375
100 235 19 16 3 /
1500 1786 47.5 42.5 5 1475
125 270 19 16 3 /
1600 1915 49 44 5 1575
150 300 20 17 3 /
1800 2115 52 47 5 1775 200 360 22 19 3 /
2000 2325 55 50 5 1975 250 425 24.5 21.5 3 /
300 485 27.5 23.5 4 /
PN16 (Refer to Figure 45 and Table 51) 350 555 30 26 4 325
Table 51 Technical Parameters for Blank Flange (PN16) 400 620 32 28 4 375
450 670 34.5 30.5 4 425
500 730 36.5 32.5 4 475
DN D a b c R
600 845 42 37 5 575
80 200 19 16 3 /
700 960 46.5 41.5 5 675
100 220 19 16 3 /
800 1085 51 46 5 775
125 250 19 16 3 /
900 1185 55.5 50.5 5 875
150 285 19 16 3 /
1000 1320 60 55 5 975
200 340 20 17 3 /
1200 1530 69 64 5 1075
250 400 22 19 3 /
1400 1755 74 69 5 1175
300 455 24.5 20.5 4 /
1600 1975 81 76 5 1375
350 520 26.5 22.5 4 325
1800 2195 88 83 5 1475
400 580 28 24 4 375 2000 2425 95 90 5 1575
(46) Reducing flanges Table 53 Technical Parameters for Reducing Flanges (PN10) (continued)
DNdn D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 n1 n2 d M f
400200 565 515 270 205 295 340 16 8 28 20 45
400250 565 515 303 254 350 400 16 12 28 20 47
400300 565 515 354 309 400 455 16 12 28 20 49
50080 670 620 118 84 160 200 20 8 28 16 46
500100 670 620 148 104 180 220 20 8 28 16 46
500150 670 620 203 155 240 285 20 8 28 20 46
500200 670 620 250 205 295 340 20 8 28 20 47
500250 670 620 303 254 350 400 20 12 28 20 49
500300 670 620 354 309 400 455 20 12 28 20 51
500350 670 620 409 354 460 505 20 16 28 20 51
500400 670 620 464 409 515 565 20 16 28 24 51

Figure 46 Blank PN10 60080 780 725 118 84 160 200 20 8 31 16 49
600100 780 725 148 104 180 220 20 8 31 16 49

PN10 (Refer to Figure 46 and Table 53) 600150 780 725 205 155 240 285 20 8 31 20 49
600200 780 725 250 205 295 340 20 8 31 20 50

Table 53 Technical Parameters for Reducing Flanges (PN10)
600250 780 725 303 254 350 400 20 12 31 20 52
600300 780 725 354 309 400 455 20 12 31 20 55
DNdn D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 n1 n2 d M f 600350 780 725 409 354 460 505 20 16 31 20 55
20080 340 295 118 84 160 200 8 8 23 16 39 600400 780 725 464 409 515 565 20 16 31 24 55
200100 340 295 144 104 180 220 8 8 23 16 39 600450 780 725 515 455 565 615 20 20 31 24 55
25080 400 350 118 84 160 200 12 8 23 16 41 80080 1015 950 118 84 160 200 24 8 34 16 54
250100 400 350 148 104 180 220 12 8 23 16 41 800100 1015 950 148 104 180 220 24 8 34 16 54
250150 400 350 200 154 240 285 12 8 23 20 43 800150 1015 950 205 155 240 295 24 8 34 20 54
30080 455 400 118 84 160 200 12 8 23 16 44 800200 1015 950 250 205 295 340 24 8 34 20 55
300100 455 400 148 104 180 220 12 8 23 16 44 800250 1015 950 303 254 350 400 24 12 34 20 57
300150 455 400 200 154 240 285 12 8 23 20 44 800300 1015 950 354 309 400 455 24 12 34 20 60
300200 455 400 250 205 295 340 12 8 23 20 45 800350 1015 950 409 354 460 505 24 16 34 20 60
35080 505 460 118 84 160 200 16 8 23 16 44 800400 1015 950 464 409 515 565 24 16 34 24 60
350100 505 460 148 104 180 220 16 8 23 16 44 800450 1015 950 515 455 565 615 24 20 34 24 60
350150 505 460 203 155 240 285 16 8 23 20 44 800500 1015 950 566 508 620 670 24 20 34 24 62
350200 505 460 250 205 295 340 16 8 23 20 44 800600 1015 950 670 608 725 780 24 20 34 27 65
350250 505 460 303 254 350 400 16 12 23 20 47
40080 565 515 118 84 160 200 16 8 28 16 44
400100 565 515 148 104 180 220 16 8 28 16 44
400150 565 515 205 155 240 285 16 8 28 20 44
PN16 (Refer to Figure 46 and Table 54) Table 54 Technical Parameters for Reducing Flanges (PN16) (continued)
600350 840 770 409 354 470 520 20 16 37 24 62
600400 840 770 464 409 525 580 20 16 37 27 64
20080 340 295 118 84 160 200 12 8 23 16 39
600450 840 770 515 455 585 640 20 20 37 27 66
200100 340 295 144 104 180 220 12 8 23 16 39
80080 1025 950 118 84 160 200 24 8 40 16 62
25080 400 355 118 84 160 200 12 8 28 16 41
800100 1025 950 148 104 180 220 24 8 40 16 62
250100 400 355 148 104 180 220 12 8 28 16 41
800150 1025 950 205 155 240 295 24 8 40 20 62
250150 400 355 200 154 240 285 12 8 28 20 43
800200 1025 950 250 205 295 340 24 12 40 20 63
30080 455 410 118 84 160 200 12 8 28 16 44
800250 1025 950 303 254 355 400 24 12 40 24 65
300100 455 410 148 104 180 220 12 8 28 16 44
800300 1025 950 354 309 410 455 24 12 40 24 67
300150 455 410 200 154 240 285 12 8 28 20 44
800350 1025 950 409 354 470 520 24 16 40 24 68
300200 455 410 250 205 295 340 12 12 28 20 45
800400 1025 950 464 409 525 580 24 16 40 27 70
35080 520 470 118 84 160 200 16 8 28 16 45
800450 1025 950 515 455 585 640 24 20 40 27 73
350100 520 470 148 104 180 220 16 8 28 16 45
800500 1025 950 566 508 650 715 24 20 40 30 74
350150 520 470 203 155 240 285 16 8 28 20 45
800600 1025 950 670 608 770 840 24 20 40 33 79
350200 520 470 250 205 295 340 16 12 28 20 46
350250 520 470 303 254 355 400 16 12 28 24 48 PN25 (Refer to Figure 46 and Table 55)
40080 580 525 118 84 160 200 16 8 31 16 47

400100 580 525 148 104 180 220 16 8 31 16 47
400150 580 525 205 155 240 285 16 8 31 20 47
400200 580 525 270 205 295 340 16 12 31 20 48 DNdn D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 n1 n2 d M f
400250 580 525 303 254 355 400 16 12 31 24 50 20080 360 310 118 84 160 200 12 8 28 16 41
400300 580 525 354 309 410 455 16 12 31 24 52 200100 360 310 144 104 190 235 12 8 28 20 41
50080 715 650 118 84 160 200 20 8 34 16 50 25080 425 370 118 84 160 200 12 8 31 16 43
500100 715 650 148 104 180 220 20 8 34 16 50 250100 425 370 148 104 190 235 12 8 31 20 43
500150 715 650 203 155 240 285 20 8 34 20 50 250150 425 370 200 154 250 300 12 8 31 24 44
500200 715 650 250 205 295 340 20 12 34 20 50 30080 485 430 118 84 160 200 16 8 31 16 46
500250 715 650 303 254 350 400 20 12 34 24 52 300100 485 430 148 104 190 235 16 8 31 20 46
500300 715 650 354 309 400 455 20 12 34 24 56 300150 485 430 200 154 250 300 16 8 31 24 47
500350 715 650 409 354 470 520 20 16 34 24 58 300200 485 430 250 205 310 360 16 12 31 24 50
500400 715 650 464 409 525 580 20 16 34 27 60 35080 555 490 118 84 160 200 16 8 34 16 49
60080 840 770 118 84 160 200 20 8 37 16 55 350100 555 490 148 104 190 235 16 8 34 20 49
600100 840 770 148 104 180 220 20 8 37 16 55 350150 555 490 203 155 250 300 16 8 34 24 50
600150 840 770 205 155 240 285 20 8 37 20 55 350200 555 490 250 205 310 360 16 12 34 24 52
600200 840 770 250 205 295 340 20 12 37 20 56 350250 555 490 303 254 370 425 16 12 34 27 54
600250 840 770 303 254 355 400 20 12 37 24 58 40080 620 550 118 84 160 200 16 8 37 16 51
600300 840 770 354 309 410 455 20 12 37 24 60
Table 55 Technical Parameters for Reducing Flanges (PN25) (continued) (47) Flexible puddle flanges (Refer to Figure 47 and Table 56)
400100 620 550 148 104 190 235 16 8 37 20 51
400150 620 550 205 155 250 300 16 8 37 24 52
400200 620 550 270 205 310 360 16 12 37 24 54
400250 620 550 303 254 370 425 16 12 37 27 56
400300 620 550 354 309 430 485 16 16 37 27 60
50080 730 660 118 84 160 200 20 8 37 16 55
500100 730 660 148 104 190 235 20 8 37 20 55
500150 730 660 203 155 250 300 20 8 37 24 56
500200 730 660 250 205 310 360 20 12 37 24 58
500250 730 660 303 254 370 425 20 12 37 27 61
500300 730 660 354 309 430 485 20 16 37 27 64
500350 730 660 409 354 490 555 20 16 37 30 66
500400 730 660 464 409 550 620 20 16 37 33 68

Figure 47 Flexible puddle flanges
60080 845 770 118 84 160 200 20 8 40 16 61
600100 845 770 148 104 190 235 20 8 40 20 61

Table 56 Technical Parameters for Flexible Puddle Flanges
600150 845 770 205 155 250 300 20 8 40 24 62
600200 845 770 250 205 310 360 20 12 40 24 64
600250 845 770 303 254 370 425 20 12 40 27 66 DN L D e d MK L
600300 845 770 354 309 430 485 20 16 40 27 70 80 110 260 6 100 M16 80
600350 845 770 409 354 490 555 20 16 40 30 72 100 110 306 6 120 M16 80
600400 845 770 464 409 550 620 20 16 40 33 74 150 130 390 6 172 M20 90
600450 845 770 515 455 600 670 20 20 40 33 76 200 130 430 6 224 M20 90
80080 1085 990 118 84 160 200 24 8 49 16 70 250 130 490 6 276 M20 90
800100 1085 990 148 104 190 235 24 8 49 20 70 300 130 555 8 329 M20 100
800150 1085 990 205 155 250 300 24 8 49 24 71 350 130 610 8 381 M20 100
800200 1085 990 250 205 310 360 24 12 49 24 73 400 150 660 8 432 M24 110
800250 1085 990 303 254 370 425 24 12 49 27 75 450 150 725 8 483 M24 110
800300 1085 990 354 309 430 485 24 12 49 27 78 500 160 790 8 535 M24 110
800350 1085 990 409 354 490 555 24 16 49 30 81 600 165 900 10 638 M27 120
800400 1085 990 464 409 550 620 24 16 49 33 83 700 182 970 10 742 M27 120
800450 1085 990 515 455 600 670 24 20 49 33 85 800 194 1086 10 742 M30 120
800500 1085 990 566 508 660 730 24 20 49 33 87 900 194 1188 10 949 M30 120
800600 1085 990 670 608 770 845 24 20 49 36 93 1000 208 1310 10 1053 M33 130
1200 220 1536 10 1260 M36 130
1400 240 1752 10 1468 M39 130
(48) Bolts for flange connection (Refer to Figure 48 and Table 57)
M
L
Figure 48 Bolts for flange connection
Table 57 Technical Parameters for Bolts for Flange Connection
PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40

DN
Quantity ML Quanti ML Quanti ML Quanti ML
80 8 M1665 8 M1665 8 M1665 8 M1665
1OO 8 M1665 8 M1665 8 M2070 8 M2070
125 8 M1665 8 M1665 8 M2480 8 M2480
150 8 M2070 8 M2070 8 M2480 8 M2490
200 8 M2070 12 M2070 12 M2480 12 M27100
250 12 M2080 l2 M2490 12 M2790 12 M30110
300 12 M2080 12 M2490 16 M2790 16 M3O120
350 16 M2080 l6 M2490 16 M30110 16 M33130
400 l6 M2490 16 M27100 16 M33120 16 M36140
450 20 M2490 20 M27100 20 M33120 20 M36150
500 20 M2490 20 M30110 20 M33120 20 M39150
600 20 M27l00 20 M33120 20 M36140 20 M45170
700 24 M27100 24 M33120 24 M39l40 / /
800 24 M30110 24 M36140 24 M45160 / /
900 28 M30120 28 M36140 28 M45170 / /
1000 28 M33130 28 M39150 28 M52180 / /
1100 32 M33130 32 M39160 32 M52180 / /
1200 32 M36140 32 M45170 32 M52200 / /
l400 36 M39150 36 M45180 36 M56220 / /
1500 36 M39150 36 M52190 36 M56230 / /
1600 40 M45160 40 M52190 40 M56230 / /
1800 44 M45160 44 M52200 44 M64260 / /
2000 48 M45l70 48 M56220 48 M64270 / /
Chapter VII
Valves for
Water Supply
and Drainage
Pipeline
Chapter VII
Valves for
7.1 Brief introduction to valves 252
7.1.1 Rubber sealed gate valve
7.1.2 Butterfly valve (long body)
Water Supply
7.1.3 Butterfly valve (short body)
7.1.4 Butterfly valve internally sealed with rubber
7.1.5 Eccentric ball valve
and Drainage
7.1.6 Rubber flap check valve
7.2 Before purchasing 272
Pipeline
In the water supply and drainage piping system, the valve is control element, its main function is to isolate Standard.
the equipment from the piping system, regulate the flow, prevent the backflow, adjust the pressure, etc. To BS 5150/BS 5163 btype A
Therefore, whether these functions of valves can be normally realized will influence the normal and safe Face to face dimension to BS 5163
water supply of pipeline. When the pipeline is in normal state of water supply, the valve shall be open, so Flanges and drilling to ISO 7005-2(EN 1003-2),DIN 2501
as to reduce the water head losses; Once the pipeline need to cut off the water flow, the valve should be Structure and Technical Parameter
turned off rapidly, to realize sound flow-cut. Therefore, valve quality will play a key role in normal operation
of pipeline.
Besides ductile cast iron pipes, fittings and relevant technical services, Xinxing would also provides the
customers with the products required for water supply and drainage piping engineering, such as valves.
Should there be any requirements, please contact with our sales staff.
7.1 Brief Introduction to valves
The valves most commonly-used include gate valve, butterfly valve, ball valve, check valve etc. With the
ongoing research and development, product materials and specifications are always under change, which Component List
might not be companied with further notice. The following dimensions and technical parameters of valves
Sr-no. Part name Material
are for reference only; specific parameters are subject to the actual contract.
1 Body Ductile iron
2 Wedge Ductile iron+EPDM or NBR

7.1.1 Rubber sealed gate valve 3 Stem Stainless steel +Al-Bronze
4 Bonnet Ductile iron
5 Bearing Environmenral protection steel base
6 Gland Ductile oiron
Product technical parameters
PN 0.6 1.0 1.6 2.0 2.5 4.0
DN 50-500 50-500 50-500 50-350 50-300 50-300
Seal test 0.66 1.10 1.76 2.20 2.75 4.40
Seal test 0.90 1.50 2.40 3.00 3.75 6.00
Suotable temperature:-10~80oC
Suotable medium:water, oil, air and weak corrosive fluid etc.
Operation type:Square head or handwreel,wormgear,pneumatic,electric
Form and dimensions dimensions in millimetres
DN PN D1 D2 D3 L b n-d H1 H2
0.6 320 280 254 22 8-19
1 8-23
340 295 266 20
1.6 292 12-23
200 175 485
2 345 298.5 270 28.5 8-22
2.5 360 310 274 22 12-28
4 375 320 284 419 30 12-31
0.6 375 335 309 24 12-19
1 395 350 319 22 12-23
1.6 355 319 330 22 12-28

250 405 200 575
2 362 324 30 12-26
dimensions in millimetres
2.5 425 370 330 24.5 12-31
DN PN D1 D2 D3 L b n-d H1 H2 4 450 385 345 457 34.5 12-34
0.6 140 110 88 16 4-14 0.6 440 395 363 24 12-23
1 1 445 400 370 24.5 12-23

165 125 99 19 4-19
1.6 178 1.6 460 410 370 356 24.5 12-28
50 82 210 300 230 650
2 155 12.5 92 16 4-18 2 432 381 32 12-26
485
2.5 2.5 430 389 27.5 18-01
165 125 99 19 4-19
4 216 4 515 450 409 502 39.5 16-34
0.6 190 150 124 18 4-19 0.6 490 445 413 26 12-23
1 1 505 460 429 24.5 16-23

200 160 132 19 8-19 350 381 260 750
1.6 203 1.6 520 470 429 26.5 16-28
80 105 260
2 190 152.5 127 19 4-19 2 535 476 413 35 12-29.5
2.5 0.0 540 495 403 26 16-23

200 160 132 19 8-19
4 283 400 1 565 515 480 406 24.5 16-28 290 845
0.6 210 170 144 18 4-19 1.6 580 525 480 28 16-31
1 0.0 595 550 518 26 16-23

220 180 156 19 8-19
1.6 229 450 1 615 565 530 432 25.5 20-28 315 930
100 115 305
2 4230 190.5 157 24 8-18 1.6 640 585 548 30 20-31
2.5 0.6 645 600 568 30 20-23

235 190 156 19 8-23
4 305 500 1 670 620 582 457 26.5 20-28 345 100
0.6 265 225 199 267 20 8-19 1.6 715 650 609 31.5 20-34
1
285 240 211 19 8-23 A. The dimension with in the form is only for your reference.
1.6 B. The detailed dimen sion will be based on the actual Product.
150 267 148 390
2 280 241.5 216 25.5 8-22 C. If there is any request for larger sizes,please contact us indetail.
2.5 20
300 250 211 8-28
4 403 26
7.1.2 Butterfly valve (long body) Component list
Sr.no Parts name Material
1 Upper shaft SS420
2 Shaft bearing Al-bronze
3 Body Ductile iron
4 Seat ring EPDM/NBR/VITON
5 Disc Ductile iron
6 Retainer ring SS304
7 Body seal ring SS304
8 Lower shaft SS420
(Cther materials are available on request)

Size:DN100-DN2600
Standard.
Pressure:PN6-PN40
Double flanged type Coating:fusion bonded epoxy coating min.thickness250micron
Face to face length acc.to ISO 5752 series 14(DIN 3202 F4) Suitable medium:water and low-corrosive liquid etc.
Suitable temperature:-10-120
Flange dimensions and drilling acc. to ISO 7005-2(EN 1092-2,DIN 2501)
Structure and technical parameter
Form and dimensions
Dimensions/PN10 Dimensions in millimetres
top works
DN C D E G H J K L
bot hole dia holes nes ISO 5211
150 210 170 200 40 22 6 70 90 9 4 F07
200 230 197 233 45 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10
250 250 223 261 60 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10
300 270 251 295 70 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
350 290 294 330 80 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
400 310 329 386 90 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
450 330 365 411 100 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
500 350 394 445 90 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
Sr.no Component Sr.no Component 600 390 454 519 120 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
1 Top flange 8 Retainer ring 700 430 537 585 100 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
2 Upper shaft 9 Disc 800 470 593 641 120 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
3 O ring 10 Shaft bearing 900 510 657 706 125 90 25 254 300 18 8 F25
4 Shaft bearing 11 O ring 1000 550 722 771 125 100 28 254 300 18 8 F25
5 O ring 12 Shaft cover 120 630 845 893 155 120 32 298 350 22 8 F30
6 Body 13 Body seal ring 1400 710 967 1019 155 120 32 356 415 33 8 F35
7 Seat 14 Key 1600 790 1113 1111 198 150 36 406 475 39 8 F40
1800 870 1251 1244 333 128 32 406 475 39 12 F48
2000 950 1340 1330 400 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
2200 1000 1420 1450 400 200 45 483 560 39 12 F48
Dimensions/PN16 Dimensions in millimetres Dimensions/PN40 Dimensions in millimetres
top works top works
DN C D E G H J K L DN C D E G H J K L
bot hole dia holes nes ISO 5211 bot hole dia holes nes ISO 5211
150 210 167 200 40 22 6 70 90 9 4 F07 150 210 186 225 60 40 12 136 160 14 4 F10
200 230 197 233 55 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10 200 230 235 260 55 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
250 250 224 282 60 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12 250 250 260 307 70 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
300 270 267 313 80 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12 300 270 285 340 95 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
350 290 303 357 90 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14 350 290 320 382 90 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
400 310 339 396 110 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14 400 310 402 435 140 65 18 210 260 22 4 F25
450 330 379 443 100 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16 450 330 390 470 105 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
500 350 404 469 120 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16 500 350 476 496 170 95 25 298 350 22 8 F30
600 390 486 545 120 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25 600 390 517 599 155 100 28 298 350 22 8 F30
700 430 537 590 120 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25 700 430 661 615 244 128 32 406 475 39 8 F40
800 470 606 655 140 90 25 254 300 18 8 F25 800 470 710 780 250 128 32 406 475 39 8 F40
900 510 699 711 150 100 28 298 350 22 8 F30 900 510 760 880 280 128 32 406 475 39 8 F40
1000 550 776 791 170 110 28 298 350 22 8 F30 1000 550 820 920 280 185 45 483 560 39 12 F48
1200 630 874 921 240 128 32 356 415 33 8 F35 1200 630 1077 1174 303 185 45 483 560 39 12 F48
1400 710 1034 1038 290 170 40 406 475 39 8 F40 1400 710 1100 1220 480 200 45 603 686 39 20 F60
1600 790 1175 1118 400 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
1800 820 1320 1335 400 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
2000 950 1460 1475 400 200 45 483 560 39 12 F48
7.1.3 Butterfly valve (short body)
2200 1000 1650 1665 400 200 45 483 560 39 12 F48
top works
DN C D E G H J K L
bot hole dia holes nes ISO 5211
150 210 188 219 50 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10

200 230 221 245 80 40 12 140 175 18 4 F14
250 250 265 280 80 40 12 140 175 18 4 F14
300 270 298 312 110 50 14 165 210 18 4 F16
350 290 318 365 120 55 16 165 210 18 4 F16
400 310 369 416 120 65 18 165 210 88 4 F16
450 330 375 458 120 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
500 350 420 484 150 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
600 390 499 555 170 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25 Standard.
700 430 601 615 230 100 28 298 350 18 8 F30
Double flanged type
800 470 668 697 230 100 28 356 415 33 8 F35
Face to face length acc.to ISO 5752 series 13(EN 558-1 series 13)
900 510 730 750 200 125 32 356 415 33 8 F35
1000 550 819 828 321 140 36 406 475 39 8 F40
1200 630 995 1004 260 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
1400 710 1150 1124 279 170 40 483 560 39 12 F4
Structure and technical parameter Form and dimensions
top works
DN C D E G H J K L
bolt hole dia. holes nos ISO 5211
150 140 156 232 40 22 6 70 100 9 4 F07
200 152 190 280 45 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10
250 165 210 308 60 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10
300 178 240 355 70 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
350 190 274 390 80 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
400 216 308 446 90 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
450 222 333 476 100 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
500 229 358 506 90 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
600 267 424 586 120 65 18 170 210 22 4 F16
700 292 480 646 100 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
800 318 544 730 12 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
900 330 594 790 125 90 25 254 300 18 8 F25
1000 410 654 880 125 100 28 254 300 18 8 F25
1200 470 786 1000 155 120 32 298 350 22 8 F30
Component List 1400 530 916 1160 155 128 32 356 415 33 8 F35
1600 600 1040 1291 198 150 36 406 475 39 8 F40

1800 670 1160 1450 333 128 32 483 560 39 12 F48
1 Upper shaft SS420
2000 760 1312 1604 400 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
2200 800 1388 1730 400 200 45 483 560 39 12 F48
3 Body Ductile iron
2400 900 1620 1924 480 200 45 603 686 39 200 F60
4 Seat ring EPDM/NBR/VITON
If there is any request for larger sizes,please contact us in detail.
5 Disc Ductile iron
6 Retainer ring SS304
7 Lower Shaft SS420
(Other materials are available on request)

Size:DN100-DN2600
Pressure:PN6-PN40
Coating:fusion bonded epoxy coating min.thickness250micron
Suitable medium:water and low-corrosive liquid etc.
Dimensions/PN16 Dimensions in millimetres 7.1.4 Butterfly valve internally sealed with rubber
top works
DN C D E G H J K L
150 140 156 232 40 22 6 70 100 9 4 F07
200 152 190 280 55 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10
250 165 220 330 60 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
300 178 248 360 80 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
350 190 280 420 90 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
400 216 312 454 110 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
450 222 345 510 100 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
500 229 384 550 120 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
600 267 450 620 120 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
700 292 494 685 130 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25

Standard.
800 318 564 750 140 90 25 254 300 18 8 F25
Double flanged type
900 330 617 846 165 100 28 298 350 22 8 F30
Face to face length acc.to ISO 5752 series 13(EN 558-1 series 13)
1000 410 715 915 165 125 32 356 415 33 8 F35
1200 470 841 1086 240 125 32 356 415 33 8 F35
1400 530 973 1240 235 160 40 406 475 39 8 F40 Structure and technical parameter
1600 600 1170 1404 400 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
1800 670 1320 1590 400 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
2000 760 1460 1730 400 200 45 483 560 39 12 F48
Sr.no Component Sr.no Component
1 Upper shaft 8 Disc
2 Top flange 9 Body
3 Packing gland 10 Shaft bearing
4 Shaft bearing 11 O ring
5 O ring 12 Lower shaft
6 Seat 13 Key
7 Retainer ring
Component List Dimensions/PN16 Dimensions in millimetres
Sr.no Parts name Material top works
DN C D E G H J K L
1 Upper shaft SS420 bolt hole dia. holes nos ISO 5211
2 Shaft bearing Al-bronze 150 210 167 200 40 22 6 70 90 9 4 F07
3 Body Dl+rubber 200 230 197 233 55 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10
4 Seat ring EPDM/NBR/VITON 250 250 224 282 60 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
5 Disc Dl+rubber 300 270 267 313 80 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
6 Retainer ring SS 316/duplex st.st. 350 290 303 357 90 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
7 Lower Shaft SS420 400 310 339 396 110 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
450 330 379 443 100 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16

(Other materials are available on request)
Size:DN100-DN2600 500 350 404 469 120 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
Pressure:PN6-PN40 600 390 486 545 120 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25

Coating:epoxy painting min.thickness200micron 700 430 537 590 120 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
Suitable medium:water and low-corrosive liquid etc.
800 470 606 655 140 90 25 254 300 18 8 F25
900 510 699 711 150 100 28 298 350 22 8 F30
Form and dimensions
1000 550 776 791 170 110 28 298 350 22 8 F30
Dimensions/PN10 Dimensions in millimetres 1200 630 874 921 240 128 32 356 415 33 8 F35
1400 710 1034 1038 290 170 40 406 475 39 8 F40

top works
DN C D E G H J K L 1600 790 1175 1188 400 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
1800 820 1320 1335 400 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
150 210 170 200 40 22 6 70 90 9 4 F07
2000 950 1460 1475 400 200 45 483 560 39 12 F48
200 230 197 233 45 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10
2200 1000 1650 1665 400 200 45 483 560 39 12 F48
250 250 223 261 60 30 8 102 125 12 4 F10
300 270 251 295 70 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
350 290 294 330 80 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12 7.1.5 Eccentric ball valve
400 310 329 386 90 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
450 330 365 411 100 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
500 350 394 445 90 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
600 390 454 519 120 65 18 165 210 22 4 F16
700 430 537 585 100 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
800 470 593 641 120 85 22 254 300 18 8 F25
900 510 657 706 125 90 25 254 300 18 8 F25
1000 550 722 771 125 100 28 254 300 18 8 F25
1200 630 845 893 155 120 32 298 350 22 8 F30
1400 710 967 1019 155 120 32 356 415 33 8 F35
1600 790 1113 1111 198 150 36 406 475 39 8 F40
1800 870 1251 1244 333 128 32 406 475 39 12 F48
2000 950 1340 1330 400 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
2200 1000 1420 1450 400 200 45 483 560 39 12 F48

Standard. Component List
Double flanged type
Face to face length acc.to ISO 5752/EN 558-1 series 3( DN300,enterprise standard) 1 Upper shaft SS420
Flange dimensions and drilling acc. to ISO 7005-2/EN 1092-2/ DIN 2501) 2 Packing Flexible graphite/O ring

Structure and technical parameter
4 Body Ductile iron or WCB
5 Seat Hard alloy
6 Disc WCB
7 Lower Shaft SS420
Other materials are available on request)

Coating:epoxy painting min.thickness200micron
Suitable medium:water,waste water,oil,grained slurry,and weak-corrosive liquid
etc.
Form and dimensions
top works
DN C D E G H J K L
100 229 130 225 70 30 8 102 125 11 4 F10
125 254 148 245 75 30 8 102 125 11 4 F10
150 267 173 276 95 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
200 292 195 320 98.5 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
250 330 225 362 121 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
300 356 260 400 123 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14
350 440 300 455 130 65 18 165 210 23 4 F16
400 500 332 490 130 65 18 165 210 23 4 F16
450 560 360 540 130 65 18 165 210 23 1 F16

Sr.no Component Sr.no Component
500 620 400 610 180 80 22 254 300 18 8 F25
1 Key 8 Disc
600 800 519 582 178 80 22 254 300 18 8 F25
2 Upper shaft 9 Body
700 850 579 632 180 80 22 298 350 23 8 F30
3 Top flange 10 Retainer ring
800 900 640 675 215 100 28 298 350 23 8 F30
4 Packing gland 11 Seat
900 1050 704 770 215 100 28 356 415 33 8 F35
5 Packing 12 Shaft bearing
1000 1200 818 895 310 128 32 356 415 33 8 F35
6 Gasket 13 LOWER SHAFT
1200 1500 978 1055 310 128 32 406 475 39 8 F40
7 Shaft bearing 14 Shaft cover
1400 1650 1147 1200 410 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
1600 1850 1300 1380 460 210 50 603 686 39 20 F60
Dimensions/PN16 Dimensions in millimetres Dimensions/PN25 Dimensions in millimetres
top works top works

DN C D E G H J K L DN C D E G H J K L
bolt hole dia. holes nos ISO 5211 bolt hole dia. holes nos ISO 5211
100 229 130 225 70 30 8 102 125 11 4 F10 100 229 130 225 70 30 8 102 125 11 4 F10
125 254 148 245 75 30 8 102 125 11 4 F10 125 254 148 245 75 30 8 102 125 11 4 F10
150 267 173 276 95 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12 150 267 173 276 95 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
200 292 195 320 98.5 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12 200 292 195 320 98.5 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
250 330 225 362 121 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14 250 330 225 362 121 50 14 165 210 23 4 F16
300 356 260 400 123 50 14 140 175 18 4 F14 300 356 260 400 123 50 14 165 210 23 4 F16
350 440 300 455 130 65 18 165 210 23 4 F16 350 440 300 455 130 65 18 254 300 18 8 F25
400 500 332 490 130 65 18 165 210 23 4 F16 400 500 332 490 130 65 18 254 300 18 8 F25
450 560 360 540 130 65 18 254 300 18 8 F25 450 560 365 563 179 80 22 298 350 23 8 F30
500 620 400 610 180 80 22 254 300 18 8 F25 500 620 422 454 175 80 22 298 350 23 8 F30
600 800 519 582 214 100 28 298 350 23 8 F30 600 800 519 582 214 100 28 298 350 23 8 F30
700 850 579 786 210 100 28 356 415 33 8 F35 700 850 579 786 210 100 28 356 415 33 8 F35
800 900 790 880 310 128 32 356 415 33 8 F35 800 900 790 880 310 128 32 356 415 33 8 F35
900 1050 805 895 310 128 32 356 415 33 8 F35 900 1050 960 1030 310 128 32 406 475 39 8 F40
1000 1200 975 1050 310 128 32 406 475 39 8 F40 1000 1200 1120 1175 410 170 40 406 475 39 8 F40
1200 1500 1125 1185 410 170 40 406 475 39 8 F40 1200 1500 1140 1200 410 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
1400 1650 1140 1200 410 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
1600 1850 1290 1370 460 210 50 603 686 39 20 F60 Dimensions/PN40 Dimensions in millimetres
If there is any request for larger sizes,please contact us in detail. top works
DN C D E G H J K L
100 229 130 225 70 30 8 102 125 11 4 F10
125 254 148 245 75 30 8 102 125 11 4 F10
150 267 173 276 95 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
200 292 195 320 98.5 40 12 125 150 14 4 F12
250 330 225 362 121 50 14 165 210 23 4 F16
300 356 260 400 123 50 14 165 210 23 4 F16
350 440 300 455 130 65 18 254 300 18 8 F25
400 500 350 545 180 80 22 298 350 23 8 F30
450 560 365 563 180 80 22 298 350 23 8 F30
500 620 460 520 210 100 28 298 350 23 8 F30
600 800 565 770 210 100 28 356 415 33 8 F35
700 850 780 865 310 128 32 356 415 33 8 F35
800 900 945 1015 310 128 32 406 475 39 8 F40
900 1050 1100 1155 410 170 40 406 475 39 8 F40
1000 1200 1140 1200 410 170 40 483 560 39 12 F48
1200 1500 1290 1370 460 210 50 603 686 39 20 F60
7.1.6 Rubber flap check valve
Check valve is mainly used for exit of pipeline pump for water supply and drainage system, petroleum,
chemical industry and other industrial fields, aiming to prevent the backflow of transmitted medium.
Since the product sealing adopts inclined design, closing time is shorter, can reduce the pressure of water
hammer. Valve clack is made through high-temperature pressing of butyronitrile oil resistant rubber and
steel plate; washing-out resistance, good sealing performance, simple product structure; maintenance,
repair and transportation are convenient.
Form and dimensions
size(mm)
DN
D D1 D2 b Z-d
L H f
PN10 PN16 PN10 PN16 PN10 PN16 PN10 PN16 PN10 PN16
Standard 50 203 190 165 125 99 19 3 4-19
Design and manufacturing: GB/T 13932 65 216 210 185 145 118 19 3 4-19
Flange Dimension: EN 1092-2 80 241 230 200 160 132 19 3 8-9
Structural length: EN 558-1 100 292 250 220 180 156 19 3 8-19
Testing and inspection: EN 12226 125 330 280 250 210 184 19 3 8-19
150 356 315 285 240 211 19 3 8-23
200 495 370 340 295 266 20 3 8-23 12-23

Product structure and technical parameters
250 622 430 395 405 350 355 319 22 3 12-23 12-28
Valve Body Valve Cap Ductile Cast Iron 300 698 475 445 460 400 410 370 24.5 4 12-23 12-28
Valve Clack Rubber Assembly 350 787 550 505 520 460 470 429 24.5 26.5 4 16-23 16-28
400 914 600 565 580 515 525 480 24.5 28 4 16-28 16-31
450 978 615 640 565 585 530 548 25.5 30 4 20-28 20-31
500 978 670 715 620 650 582 609 26.5 31.5 4 20-28 20-34
Nominal Pressure (MPa) 1.0 1.6 600 1295 780 840 725 770 682 720 30 36 5 20-31 20-37
Shell test Pressure (MPa) 1.5 2.4 800 1956 1015 1025 950 950 901 901 35 43 5 24-34 24-40
Sealing Test Pressure (MPa) 1.1 1.76
Working Temperature ( ) 80
Working Medium Water, Oil Product, and etc.
7.2 Before purchasing
Selected valve type: Select the type according to use requirements (select the butterfly valve for
regulation, select the ball valve or gate valve for the switch);
Select the valve pressure grade; Select the valve pressure grade according to pipeline design
pressure. (PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40);
Select the valve diameter;
Select the temperature range Operating temperature of medium determines the valve sealing type;
selecting good temperature grade can postpone the service life of valve;
Select the valve material: Select according to medium condition, whether determine the valve material TAKE XINXING,
according to corrosivity;
Select the valve sealing type: Rubber sealing, fluorine rubber sealing, graphite sealing, hard alloy TAKE THE WORLD
sealing, and etc. (with different sealing types, service life of valve is different; sealing type also determines
the valve leakage);

Technical Mannual Ductile Irone Pipes

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Technical Mannual Ductile Irone Pipes

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

XINXING XINXING

Product Technical Manual

The brochure is printed on

Chapter I Ductile Iron Pipe Joint

Chapter II Manufacturing Process

Chapter III Requirements

Chapter VI Xinxing Ductile

Chapter VII Valves for

1.2 T-type joint ductile iron pipe 9

1.2.1 Joint description

1.2.2 Technical parameters

1.3 XT2-type joint ductile iron pipe 11

1.3.1 Joint description

Chapter I 1.3.2 Technical parameters

1.4 TF Self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe 13

1.4.2 Technical parameters

1.5 Xanchor self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe 15

Pipe Joint and

1.5.2 Technical parameters

1.6 Flange welded joint ductile iron pipe 17

1.6.2 Technical parameters

1.7 XTJ ductile iron jacking pipe 18

1.7.2 Technical parameters

1.8 External anti-corrosion coating 21

1.8.1 Soil aggressivity

1.8.2 Selection of external coating

1.9 Internal lining 32

1.9.1 Evaluation on aggressivity of water for ductile iron pipes

1.9.2 Materials in contact with potable water

1.9.3 Lining selection

1.9.4 Cement mortar lining

1.9.5 Cement mortar lining +epoxy seal coat

1.9.6 Polyurethane lining

1.9.7 Ceramic epoxy lining

1.10 Coating repairs 47

1.10.1 Repairing zinc coating/Zn-Al rare earth alloy coating

1.10.2 Repairing PU coating

1.10.3 Repairing cement mortar lining

1.10.4 Repairing cement lining with epoxy seal coat

1.10.5 Repairing ceramic epoxy(PU)lining

Anti-corrosion coating Graded by wall thickness class coefficient K

Type of casting e Limit Deviation

Graded by pressure class C

SF Safety factor of PFA (SF = 3)

For pipes centrifugally cast, the minimum wall thickness

1.3.1 Joint description

Figure 3 T-type joint ductile iron pipe

Table 5 Technical Parameters of T-type Joint Ductile Iron Pipe

300 326 393 110 7.2 49 6.2

700 738 824 150 10.8 34 8.8

800 842 943 160 11.7 32 9.6 Application field

1200 1255 1378 217 2 15.3 28 13.6 25 Installation method

2000 2082 2262 319 22.5 26 21.8

1.4.1 Joint description

Figure 5 XT2-type joint ductile iron pipe

Table 6 Technical Parameters of XT2-type Joint Ductile Iron Pipe

1.5.1 Joint description

Figure 7 TF self-anchored joint ductile iron pipe

Table 7 Technical Parameters of TF Self-anchored Joint Ductile Iron Pipe

150 170 321 94 6 Working principle

900 945 1158 175 12.6 23

1100 1152 1420 200 14.4 21

1.6.1 Joint description